WO2015106392A1 - 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备 - Google Patents

一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015106392A1
WO2015106392A1 PCT/CN2014/070615 CN2014070615W WO2015106392A1 WO 2015106392 A1 WO2015106392 A1 WO 2015106392A1 CN 2014070615 W CN2014070615 W CN 2014070615W WO 2015106392 A1 WO2015106392 A1 WO 2015106392A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electronic device
charging
information
power
output power
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/070615
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
赵晓娜
常新苗
Original Assignee
华为终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为终端有限公司 filed Critical 华为终端有限公司
Priority to CN201480006644.XA priority Critical patent/CN104956567B/zh
Priority to EP14878680.9A priority patent/EP3093954B1/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/070615 priority patent/WO2015106392A1/zh
Priority to US15/111,770 priority patent/US10075027B2/en
Priority to KR1020167021571A priority patent/KR102048327B1/ko
Priority to JP2016546464A priority patent/JP6377166B2/ja
Publication of WO2015106392A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015106392A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H02J7/025
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J50/00Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power
    • H02J50/80Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power involving the exchange of data, concerning supply or distribution of electric power, between transmitting devices and receiving devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J50/00Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power
    • H02J50/10Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power using inductive coupling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J50/00Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power
    • H02J50/90Circuit arrangements or systems for wireless supply or distribution of electric power involving detection or optimisation of position, e.g. alignment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J7/00Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
    • H02J7/00032Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries characterised by data exchange
    • H02J7/00034Charger exchanging data with an electronic device, i.e. telephone, whose internal battery is under charge
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B5/00Near-field transmission systems, e.g. inductive or capacitive transmission systems
    • H04B5/70Near-field transmission systems, e.g. inductive or capacitive transmission systems specially adapted for specific purposes
    • H04B5/79Near-field transmission systems, e.g. inductive or capacitive transmission systems specially adapted for specific purposes for data transfer in combination with power transfer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless charging technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for enabling a near field communication NFC wireless charging service. Background technique
  • the user needs to manually turn on the wireless charging function of the electronic device that provides the charging service before performing the NFC (Nea r Field Commun i ti on) wireless charging, and put the electronic device to be charged Within the effective range of the NFC communication, the electronic device providing the charging service then starts the wireless charging process through the NF C communication.
  • NFC Nea r Field Commun i ti on
  • NFC wireless charging can only be performed when the user's charging purpose is clear and the NFC wireless charging function of the electronic device providing the charging service is manually turned on, when the NFC wireless charging stops midway (if the electronic device to be charged leaves the device) The effective range of wireless charging), if the user needs to continue charging, the NFC wireless charging function of the electronic device providing the charging service can only be manually turned on again, resulting in cumbersome user operation and reduced user experience.
  • the present invention provides a method and apparatus for enabling NFC wireless charging, which can automatically turn on an NFC wireless charging service of an electronic device that provides power.
  • a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service, including: determining, by the first electronic device, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device according to the charging reference information; An electronic device, the NFC wireless charging service of the first electronic device is turned on to prepare to charge the second electronic device; and if the charging party is the second electronic device, the second electronic device is notified to turn on the NFC wireless charging Service to prepare to charge the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, that the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device, determining, determining, with the second electronic The device remains within the effective distance of the NFC communication and no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices for more than a preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the first electronic device and charging state information of the second electronic device; Determining, by the first electronic device, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device according to the charging reference information, if: determining, according to the charging state information of the first electronic device, that the first electronic device is not receiving power And determining, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, determining that the second electronic device is a charging party; if according to a charging state of the first electronic device Determining that the first electronic device is in a state of receiving power and determining that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, determining that the first electronic device is a charging party .
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the first electronic device, and a charging state of the first electronic device Information and charging state information of the second electronic device; determining, by the first electronic device, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device according to the charging reference information: if according to the output of the first electronic device Determining, by the power information, that the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or that the output power level of the first electronic device is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and according to the first electronic device
  • the charging state information determines that the first electronic device is in a receiving power state, and determines that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, determining that the first electronic device is Charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the first electronic device and remaining power information of the first electronic device; the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, that the charging party is the first The determining whether the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold or the output power of the first electronic device is determined according to the output power information of the first electronic device The level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and determining that the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device, determining that the first electronic device is The charging unit; wherein the first power threshold includes a preset power threshold, or a power threshold set by the first electronic device according to remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the first electronic device, and output power of the second electronic device Information, charging state information of the first electronic device, and charging state information of the second electronic device; determining, by the first electronic device, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device according to the charging reference information Determining, according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, that the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and determining, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power Determining that the first electronic device is a charging party; determining that the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power according to output power information of the two electronic devices, and determining, according to the charging state information of the first electronic device If the first electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, determining that the second electronic device is Electric side.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the first electronic device, Output power information of the second electronic device, remaining power information of the first electronic device, and remaining power information of the second electronic device; the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, that the charging party is the first
  • the electronic device or the second electronic device includes: determining, according to the output power information of the two electronic devices, the first electronic device as an electronic device having a larger output power, and determining the first according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device If the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the first electronic device is a charging party; if the second electronic device is determined to be an electronic device having a larger output power according to output power information of the two electronic devices And determining, according to the remaining power information of the second electronic device, that the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, determining that the second electronic device is a charging party;
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the first electronic device, and charging state of the second electronic device Information, output power information of the first electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, remaining power information of the first electronic device and/or the second electronic device; the first electronic device Determining, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device comprises: determining, according to the charging state information of the two electronic devices, that the two electronic devices are not in the state of receiving power, and according to the output power of the two electronic devices Determining that the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and determining that the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device, Determining that the first electronic device is a charging party; determining that only the first electronic device is in a state of receiving power according to charging state information of the two electronic devices, and determining the first electronic device according to output
  • the electronic device with a larger output power includes: an output power level Higher, and/or, when the absolute value of the difference between the output power values of the electronic devices is greater than or equal to the preset power difference threshold, the electronic device having a larger power value is output.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides another method for enabling a near field communication NFC wireless charging service, the method comprising: receiving, by the second electronic device, the first electronic device to determine that the second electronic device is charging a notification sent by the electric party, and according to the notification, the NFC wireless charging service of the second electronic device is turned on to prepare to charge the first electronic device; or the second electronic device receives the first electronic device And a charging control message sent by the device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party, to notify the second electronic device to respond as a charged party.
  • the method before the receiving, by the second electronic device, the notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the second electronic device is a charging party, the method further includes: Transmitting, by the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, and remaining battery information of the second electronic device; or receiving the first a request message of the electronic device, and transmitting, according to the request message of the first electronic device, the charging state information of the second electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, and the first At least one of the remaining power information of the two electronic devices; before the receiving, by the second electronic device, the charging control message sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party, the method further includes: Transmitting, by the first electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, and the first At least one of remaining information of the electronic device; or receiving a request message of the first electronic device, and transmitting, to the
  • the charging state information of the second electronic device and the output power of the second electronic device are sent to the first electronic device before the information and the at least one of the remaining power information of the second electronic device, the method further includes: determining that the first electronic device is kept within an effective distance of the NFC communication and that no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices The time exceeds the preset time threshold.
  • a third aspect of the present invention provides an electronic device, including: a processor, configured to determine, according to charging reference information, that the electronic device is a charging party, or whether the second electronic device is a charging party; if the electronic device is determined to be a charging party, Controlling the NFC wireless charging controller to turn on the NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the second electronic device; if the second electronic device is determined to be the charging party, the control transceiver sends a notification to the second electronic device;
  • the NFC wireless charging controller is configured to enable an NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the second electronic device according to a control of the processor, and the transceiver is configured to perform, according to the control of the processor, the The second electronic device sends a notification to enable the second electronic device to turn on the NFC wireless charging service of the second electronic device according to the notification, and prepare to charge the electronic device.
  • the processor is further configured to determine, before determining, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the charging device or the second electronic device The second electronic device remains within the effective distance of the NFC communication and the time during which no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices exceeds a preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device and charging state information of the second electronic device;
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to the charging state information of the electronic device, that the electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, and determine the second electronic according to the charging state information of the second electronic device When the device is in a state of receiving power, determining that the second electronic device is a charging party; if determining, according to the charging state information of the electronic device, that the electronic device is in a state of receiving power and according to a charging state of the second electronic device The information determines that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, and determines that the electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and the The charging status information of the second electronic device; the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to the output power information of the electronic device, that an output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the electronic device The output power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and determining, according to the charging state information of the electronic device, that the electronic device is in a receiving power state, and determining the second according to the charging state information of the second electronic device If the electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, it is determined that the electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device and remaining power information of the electronic device;
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to output power information of the electronic device, that an output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or an output power level of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power a level, and determining that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; wherein the first power threshold includes a preset The power threshold, or the power threshold set by the electronic device according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, The charging state information of the electronic device and the charging state information of the second electronic device; then the processor is specifically configured to: Determining, if the electronic device is determined to be an electronic device having a larger output power according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and determining, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power The electronic device is a charging party; if the second electronic device is determined to be an electronic device having a larger output power according to the output power information of the two electronic devices, and determining, according to the charging state information of the electronic device, that the electronic device is not receiving The state of the power determines that the second electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, The remaining power information of the electronic device and the remaining power information of the second electronic device; wherein the processor is specifically configured to determine that the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power according to output power information of the two electronic devices And determining, according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; and determining, according to output power information of the two electronic devices, Determining, by the second electronic device, an electronic device having a larger output power, and determining, according to remaining power information of the second electronic device, that a remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to a second power threshold, determining the second electronic The device is a charging party; wherein, the first power threshold includes a preset power threshold, or The power threshold is set according to the remaining power information
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, The output power information of the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, the remaining power information of the electronic device and/or the second electronic device, and the processor is specifically configured to: The charging status information of the electronic device determines that both electronic devices are not connected And determining, according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and determining, according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to Determining, by the first power threshold, that the electronic device is a charging party; determining that only the electronic device is in a state of receiving power according to charging state information of the two electronic devices, and determining the electronic device according to output power information of the two electronic devices If the device is an electronic device with a larger output power, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the electronic device with a larger output power includes: an output power level Higher, and/or, when the absolute value of the difference between the output power values of the electronic devices is greater than or equal to the preset power difference threshold, the electronic device having a larger power value is output.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides an electronic device, including: a transceiver, configured to receive, when the first electronic device determines that the electronic device is a charging party a notification sent by the processor, configured to control an NFC wireless charging controller to enable an NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device according to the notification received by the transceiver; the NFC wireless charging controller, configured to Controlling the processor to enable the NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the first electronic device; or the transceiver, configured to receive, when the first electronic device determines that the first electronic device is a charging party The charging control message is configured to notify the electronic device to respond as the charged party according to the charging control message received by the transceiver.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: before receiving the notification, send, to the first electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, the electronic device Receiving at least one of the output power information and the remaining power information of the electronic device; or receiving the request message of the first electronic device, and transmitting the request message to the first electronic device according to the request message of the first electronic device At least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device; the transceiver is further configured to: before receiving the charging control message, Transmitting, by the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device; or receiving a request message of the first electronic device And transmitting the charging of the electronic device to the first electronic device according to the request message of the first electronic device At least one of status information, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining power amount information of the electronic device.
  • the The processor is further configured to: send, by the transceiver, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device to the first electronic device Previously, it is determined that the time during which the first electronic device remains within the effective distance of the NFC communication and the NFC communication does not occur between the two electronic devices exceeds a preset time threshold.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides an electronic device, including: a processing unit, configured to determine, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the electronic device or the second electronic device, and when determining that the charging party is the electronic device, The NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device is configured to charge the second electronic device; and the sending unit is configured to notify the second electronic device to be turned on when the processing unit determines that the charging party is the second electronic device An NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the electronic device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine, before determining, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the electronic device or the second electronic device, The time during which the NFC communication is maintained within the effective distance of the NFC communication and no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices exceeds a preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device and charging state information of the second electronic device;
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the charging state information of the electronic device, that the electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, and determine, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is in receiving power a state, the second electronic device is determined to be a charging party; if the electronic device is determined to be in a state of receiving power according to the charging state information of the electronic device, and determining the charging state information according to the second electronic device The second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, and then determining that the electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and charging state information of the second electronic device;
  • the output power information of the electronic device determines that the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level of the electronic device is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and according to the electronic device
  • the charging state information determines that the electronic device is in a receiving power state, and determines that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, and determines that the electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device and remaining power information of the electronic device;
  • the processing unit is configured to: determine, according to output power information of the electronic device, that an output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or that an output power level of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power level And determining, according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; wherein, the first power threshold includes a preset The power threshold, or the power threshold set by the electronic device according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, The charging status information of the electronic device and the charging status information of the second electronic device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the electronic device is determined to be an electronic device with a larger output power according to output power information of the two electronic devices And determining, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; and determining, according to output power information of the two electronic devices, the second The electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and determines the electronic device according to charging state information of the electronic device If the device is not in a state of receiving power, it is determined that the second electronic device is a charging party.
  • the charging reference information includes: output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, The remaining power information of the electronic device and the remaining power information of the second electronic device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the electronic device is determined to be an electronic device with a larger output power according to the output power information of the electronic devices And determining, according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; and determining, according to output power information of the two electronic devices, the first Determining, by the second electronic device, the electronic device having a larger output power and determining that the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold according to the remaining power information of the second electronic device a charging unit; wherein the first power threshold includes a preset power threshold, or The power threshold is set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two electronic devices
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, The output power information of the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, the remaining power information of the electronic device and/or the second electronic device, and the processing unit is specifically configured to:
  • the charging state information of the device determines that the electronic devices are not in the state of receiving power, and determines that the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power according to the output power information of the two electronic devices, and according to the remaining power information of the electronic device Determining that the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party; and determining, according to the charging state information of the two electronic devices, that only the electronic device is in connection Receiving the state of the power, and determining that the electronic device is an electronic device having a larger output power according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, determining that the electronic device is
  • the first power threshold includes a preset a power threshold, or the electronic device is based on remaining power of both electronic devices The power threshold set by the quantity information; the second power threshold includes a preset power threshold, or a power threshold set by the electronic device according to remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties.
  • the output power level is higher, and/or in both electronic devices An electronic device having a larger output power value when the absolute value of the difference between the output power values is greater than or equal to the preset power difference threshold.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides an electronic device, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive a notification that is sent by a first electronic device when determining that the electronic device is a charging party; and a processing unit, configured to receive, according to the receiving unit, Notifying that the NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device is turned on to prepare to charge the first electronic device; or
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a charging control message that is sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party
  • the processing unit is configured to receive, according to the charging control message received by the receiving unit The electronic device is notified to respond as a charged party.
  • the electronic device further includes a sending unit, where the sending unit is configured to send, to the first electronic device, before the receiving unit receives the notification At least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device; or receiving a request message of the first electronic device, and according to the first
  • the request message of the electronic device transmits, to the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining power amount information of the electronic device; And transmitting, to the first electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device, before the receiving unit receives the charging control message At least one of the information; or receiving the request message of the first electronic device, and according to the first
  • the request message of the electronic device transmits, to the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining power amount information of the electronic device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: send, by the sending unit, the charging state information of the electronic device to the first electronic device, where Before the at least one of the output power information of the electronic device and the remaining power information of the electronic device, determining that the first electronic device is kept within the effective distance of the NFC communication and no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices The time exceeds the preset time threshold.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device, and when determining that the charging device is the first electronic device, turning on the NFC wireless of the first electronic device Charging service, when determining that the charging party is the second electronic device, The first electronic device notifies the second electronic device to turn on the NFC wireless charging service.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of the charging device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of another method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service, as shown in FIG. 1 , including:
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, etc.
  • the second electronic device may be a Bluetooth headset, a pedometer, a mobile phone, etc.
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device Both have NFC communication capabilities.
  • the first electronic device determines that the second electronic device is kept within an effective distance of the NFC communication. The time when no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices exceeds a preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes information that the second electronic device actively sends to the first electronic device or information that the second electronic device sends to the first electronic device according to the request message of the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device may obtain the charging reference information by sending the request message multiple times, or may obtain the charging reference information at one time, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the information included in the charging reference information is different.
  • the manner in which the S1 01 is implemented is different.
  • the specific method includes: mode 1.
  • the charging reference information includes charging state information of the first electronic device and charging state information of the second electronic device. Then, the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the first electronic device or the second electronic device may be randomly determined to be
  • the charging party can also terminate the entire process, and can also determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the output power information, the remaining power information, and the like of the first and second electronic devices (specifically, the following related Method to realize) ;
  • the charging status information includes a charging identifier for indicating whether the corresponding electronic device is in a state of receiving power, and the first electronic device is in a receiving power state, and the other electronic device is not in a receiving power state, the first electronic device
  • the device determines that the electronic device that is receiving the power is the charging party, and starts the NFC wireless charging service of the charging party to prepare to charge the opposite electronic device; when both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the first electronic device may By randomly determining that one of the electronic devices is a charging party, the entire process may be terminated, and the first electronic device or the second electronic device may be used as a charging party by obtaining output power information, remaining battery information, and the like of the first and second electronic devices. (Specifically see the related implementations later); When both electronic devices are in the receiving power state, the entire process is terminated.
  • Manner 2 The charging reference information includes output
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the output power of the second electronic device and/or the charging state information of both parties may be obtained. / or the remaining power information of both parties to determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related implementations in the following).
  • the output power information may include an output power value
  • the preset power threshold is a threshold value that is set in advance according to an actual situation
  • the output power information may include an output power level
  • the preset power level is based on actual conditions. The threshold level set in advance.
  • the first electronic device when the first electronic device is sufficiently large in output power (for example, the first electronic device is a high-power device), the first electronic device may be the charging party by default.
  • Manner 3 The charging reference information includes output power information of the first electronic device and output power information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices with equivalent output power
  • one of the electronic devices may be randomly determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and the charging state information of the electronic devices of both parties may be acquired.
  • the remaining power information of the first electronic device or the two electronic devices to determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related related implementations in detail).
  • the output power information may include an output power level, for example, three levels of high, medium, and low.
  • the first electronic device determines an electronic device with a larger output power by comparing output power levels of the two electronic devices, and The electronic device with larger output power is determined as the charging side.
  • the electronic device with a large level is an electronic device with a larger output power; the output power information may also include the output power.
  • determining, by the first electronic device, the electronic device having a larger output power value as the charging party, for example, the first and second when determining that the difference between the output power values of the two electronic devices is greater than the preset power difference threshold.
  • the output power values of the electronic device are respectively P1 and P2, and the preset power difference threshold is ⁇ ⁇ . If P1 > P2 and
  • the output power information may include both an output power level and an output power value.
  • the first electronic device may compare the two electronic devices by using the foregoing method. The difference between the output power values and the preset power difference threshold is used to determine an electronic device having a larger output power.
  • the first electronic device may indirectly obtain the output power value by acquiring an output current and an output voltage.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the first electronic device, and the The charging status information of the first electronic device and/or the charging status information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the first electronic device is in a receiving power state and/or the second When the electronic device is not in the state of receiving power, determining that the first electronic device is a charging party;
  • the device is a charging party, and the process may also be terminated.
  • the output power information of the second electronic device and/or the remaining power information of the two electronic devices may be used to determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically visible Other implementations);
  • the first electronic device may be determined when the output power value of the first electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the first electronic device is in a state of receiving power For the charging side, the process can also be terminated.
  • the functions of the charging state information, the output power information, the preset power threshold, and the preset power level are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the output power information, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the two electronic devices, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes the output power information of the first electronic device and the output power information of the second electronic device, the charging state information of the first electronic device, and the charging state information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information: 1) determining that the first electronic device is a charging party when the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power;
  • the second electronic device when the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the first electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may be terminated.
  • the functions of the charging state information and the output power information are the same as those of the other related implementations described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties.
  • the charging reference information includes charging state information of the first electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, and remaining battery information of the first electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device when the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, and the second electronic device is in the state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the first power threshold may be a preset power threshold, or the first electronic device acquires the remaining power information of the second electronic device and sets the power threshold according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, and receives a battery information response sent by the second electronic device according to the battery information request, wherein the battery information request is used to learn the second electronic
  • the remaining power information of the device battery the first electronic device determines the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the remaining power information includes a remaining power value and/or a total battery capacity, and/or a remaining battery percentage and a total battery capacity, and the remaining power information may further include a charging demand indication and/or other such as a maximum or a quota.
  • Related parameters such as discharge current.
  • the first electronic device has a remaining power value of 500 mAh, and the minimum power value that affects the normal use of the device is 300 mAh. If the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, according to the second electronic device. The sent battery information response determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 1 50 mAh, and the remaining power value is 1 OmAh, the first electronic device can set a first power threshold capable of charging the second electronic device, for example 4 00 mAh; if the first electronic device determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 2000 mAh, and the remaining power value is 10 O OmAh, the maximum discharge current is 2 A, and after charging the battery with 200 mAh, it is expected The normal usage time is approximately 10 minutes, then the first electronic device may set a first power threshold of 500 mAh for the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the letter is not limited in this manner.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the first electronic device and remaining power information of the first electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power Determining, the first electronic device is a charging party;
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and may also be determined by the remaining power remaining and/or the output power information of the second electronic device: the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related Implementation)
  • the second electronic device is used as a charging side (see other related implementations for details);
  • the The second electronic device is a charging party, and may terminate the entire process.
  • the second electronic device may also terminate the entire process, and may also determine that the charging state of the two electronic devices and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device and/or the output power information of the second electronic device are An electronic device or a second electronic device is used as a charging party (see other related implementations for details).
  • the functions of the output power information, the preset power threshold, the preset power level, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the first electronic device, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the second electronic device, Output power information of the first electronic device and remaining power information of the first electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated. Determining whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of the two parties and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device (specifically, other related implementation manners may be seen);
  • the first electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated. It is determined whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of the two parties and/or the remaining power amount information of the second electronic device (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen). It should be noted that the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the two electronic devices, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the first electronic device, and the order of determining the information in the present method is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the first electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, remaining power information of the first electronic device, and remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the first electronic device is an electronic device having a larger output power and the first electronic device When the remaining power value is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the first electronic device is a charging party;
  • Determining that the first electronic device is a charging party can also terminate the entire process, and can also determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of the two parties (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen);
  • Determining that the second electronic device is a charging party can also terminate the entire process, and can also determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of the two parties (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen);
  • the entire process may be terminated, and the charging status information of both parties may be obtained to determine whether the first electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see other related implementation manners).
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the first electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two devices.
  • the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the first electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the first electronic device, and the Remaining power information of an electronic device and/or remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the two electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, and the first electronic device Determining that the first electronic device is a charging party when the remaining power is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold;
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the two electronic devices are not in a receiving power state, and the first electronic device
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the first electronic device is greater than or
  • the first power threshold is equal to, and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold, the first electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the first electronic device is less than the first
  • a power threshold, and/or a remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated; 7) determining that the first electronic device is charging when the output power value of the first electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and only the first electronic device is in the receiving power state Party, you can also terminate the entire process;
  • the first electronic device determines the condition based on the output power information of the first electronic device. If the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, then determining according to the charging state information and/or remaining power information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated. (It should be noted that the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party at this time, but the charging effect may not be obtained if the charging is started later. Too ideal). If the output power value of the first electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, the entire process may be terminated, and the charging state information and/or the remaining power of the electronic devices may be further determined. Information is determined:
  • the first electronic device when only the first electronic device is in the receiving power state, the first electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the second electronic device When only the second electronic device is in the receiving power state, it may be determined that the first electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the output power information of the first electronic first electronic device is determined, and the determination may be made based on the remaining power information of the electronic devices.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the first electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the first electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, Remaining power information of the first electronic device and/or remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the first electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the entire process is terminated (required) It is noted that, if the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later.
  • both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, and the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is less than the first power threshold, the entire process is terminated (requires description At this time, it can also be determined that the first electronic device is a charging party for the same reason as above;
  • the entire process is terminated. For example, the first electronic device determines a condition based on the charging state information of the two electronic devices. If both electronic devices are in the receiving power state, the entire process is terminated; if both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the first electronic device determines the electronic devices according to the output power information and the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices.
  • the electronic device whose output power is larger and whose remaining power value is greater than or equal to the power threshold is a charging party; if only the first electronic device is in the receiving power state, then according to both parties Determining, by the output power information of the electronic device, that the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, determining that the first electronic device is a charging party; if only the second electronic device is in a receiving power state, then according to the two electronic devices
  • the output power information determines that the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and determines the second electronic device as a charging party.
  • the first electronic device determines a condition based on output power information of the two electronic devices. If the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the whole process is terminated.
  • the second electronic device can be determined to be the charging side at this time, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later);
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is further determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the whole process is terminated.
  • the first electronic device can be determined as the charging side at this time, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later);
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the first electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices having the same output power (ie, the output power levels of the two parties are the same, or the absolute value of the difference between the output power values of the two parties is less than the power difference threshold), the entire process is terminated. . If the output powers of the two electronic devices are equivalent, that is, the output power levels of the two electronic devices are the same and/or the absolute value of the difference between the output powers of the two electronic devices is less than the preset power difference threshold, the entire process may be terminated, or may be further The charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties are determined to be charged by the first electronic device or the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines a condition based on remaining power information of the two electronic devices. If the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, determining, according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices, :
  • an electronic device having a larger output power in both electronic devices is a charging party when it is in a receiving power state and the opposite electronic device is not in a receiving power state;
  • the entire process is terminated. And if the remaining power value of the first electronic device is less than the first power threshold and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, determining, according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein.
  • the output power information of the first electronic electronic device is determined, and the determination may be made based on the remaining power information of the electronic devices. The order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging party if it is determined that the charging party is the first electronic device, turning on the NFC wireless charging service of the first electronic device to prepare to charge the second electronic device; if the charging party is the second electronic device, the first An electronic device notifying the second electronic device to turn on the NFC wireless charging service, In preparation for charging the first electronic device.
  • the electronic device that has been determined to be the charging party turns on its own NFC wireless charging service in preparation for providing charging services for the peer electronic device.
  • the existing NFC wireless charging process includes an NFC wireless charging control phase and an NFC wireless energy transmission phase, and after the charging party electronic device turns on the NFC wireless charging service, the charging party electronic device starts the NFC wireless charging process through the NFC communication.
  • the NFC wireless charging mode or other wireless charging mode is selected by interacting with the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging control phase to verify the information, technical information, etc., and then charging the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging power transmission phase.
  • the other wireless charging methods described above include, but are not limited to, wireless charging technologies respectively developed by the three major wireless charging alliances WPC (Wireless Power Consortium), PMA (Power Matters Alliance), and A4WP (Brand for Wireless Power).
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device, and when determining that the charging device is the first electronic device, turning on the NFC wireless of the first electronic device
  • the charging service when determining that the charging party is the second electronic device, the first electronic device notifying the second electronic device to turn on the NFC wireless charging service.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of the charging device.
  • the fragmentation time charges the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for enabling an NFC wireless charging service, as shown in FIG. 2, including:
  • the second electronic device receives a notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the second electronic device is a charging party, and starts an NFC wireless charging service of the second electronic device according to the notification, to prepare for the first electronic device.
  • the device is charged; or the second electronic device receives a charging control message sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party, to notify the second electronic device to respond as the charged party.
  • the second electronic device sends, to the first electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, and output power of the second electronic device.
  • At least one of the information and the remaining power information of the second electronic device; or the second electronic device receives the request message of the first electronic device, and sends the request message to the first electronic device according to the request message of the first electronic device At least one of charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, and remaining power amount information of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the first electronic device or the second electronic device, where the charging reference information includes charging of the second electronic device. At least one of status information, output power information of the second electronic device, and remaining battery power information of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device sends the notification to the second electronic device when the second electronic device is determined to be a charging party according to the charging reference message, so that the second electronic device turns on the second electronic device according to the notification.
  • the second electronic device sends a charging control message to the first electronic device to enter an NFC wireless charging control phase, and the second electronic device passes the NFC wireless charging control phase and the The first electronic device interacts with the authentication information, the technical information, and the like to select an NFC wireless charging mode or other wireless charging mode, and then charges the first electronic device through an NFC wireless charging power transmission phase; the first electronic device is according to the charging reference
  • the message determines that the first electronic device is a charging party the first electronic device turns on the NFC wireless charging service, and the second electronic device receives the charging control message sent by the first electronic device and responds according to the charging control message to enter the NFC.
  • Wireless charging control phase It should be noted that the electronic devices of both parties can also pass the power union WPC (Wire es s Power Consorium), PMA (Power Ma t ter s A lliance) and A4WP (A lliance) in the NFC wireless charging control phase.
  • WPC Wireless es s Power Consorium
  • PMA Power Ma t ter s A lliance
  • A4WP A lliance
  • the second electronic device receives the notification that the first electronic device sends when determining that the second electronic device is a charging party, and starts the NFC wireless charging service of the second electronic device according to the notification, to prepare for the The first electronic device is charged; or the second electronic device receives the charging control sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is used as a charging party a message to notify the second electronic device to respond as the charged party.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of the charging device.
  • the fragmentation time charges the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • the charging reference information includes charging state information of the two electronic devices, output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the first Remaining battery information of the electronic device.
  • the following steps are described by the first electronic device as a charging side, and the method includes:
  • the S30K first electronic device transmits an output power request message to the second electronic device, and receives an output power response message sent by the second electronic device according to the output power request message. Specifically, when the time when the first electronic device and the second electronic device are in the NFC communication range and there is no NFC communication between the two electronic devices reaches a preset time threshold, the first electronic device sends an output to the second electronic device. Power request message. The first electronic device sends an output power request message for learning output power information of the second electronic device. It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the first electronic device is described as an initiator of the NFC communication. In fact, the second electronic device may also be the initiator of the current NFC communication. Then, the output power request message should be sent by the second electronic device to the first electronic device, and the subsequent judgment should also be performed by the second electronic device. The second electronic device is completed.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to output power information of the two electronic devices, that the first electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power.
  • step S302 has two implementation manners: Mode 1:
  • the output power information includes an output power value.
  • the first electronic device obtains an output power value of the second electronic device according to an output power response message sent by the second electronic device, if an output power of the first electronic device Determining the first electronic device when the absolute value of the difference between the value and the output power value of the second electronic device is greater than the preset power difference threshold and the output power value of the first electronic device is greater than the output power value of the second electronic device For the output of more powerful electronic equipment.
  • the first electronic device acquires output power information of the second electronic device by receiving an output power response message sent by the second electronic device, where the output power information of the second electronic device may be the second electronic device
  • the output power value of the device, or the output current value and the output voltage value of the second electronic device may also be the output power value of the second electronic device, and the output current value and/or the output voltage value, that is, The first electronic device can directly or indirectly obtain an output power value of the second electronic device by using the output power information.
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is P Q1
  • the output power value of the second electronic device is P. 2
  • the output power difference threshold is ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the output power information is an output power level.
  • the output power division of the electronic device may be divided into high/medium/ The lower three levels, for example, the power level of the electronic device whose output power is less than or equal to 5w is low, the power level of the electronic device whose output power is greater than 5w and less than or equal to 20w is medium, and the power level of the electronic device whose output power is greater than 20w is Specifically, the first electronic device obtains an output power level of the second electronic device according to an output power response message of the second electronic device, if an output power of the first electronic device, and the like The level is higher than the output power level of the second electronic device, and then the first electronic device is determined to be an electronic device with a larger output power.
  • the first electronic device receives the output power request message to the second electronic device, An output power response message sent by the second electronic device according to the output power request message, where the output power response message carries an output power level of the second electronic device, if the first electronic device determines the first according to the output power response message The output power level of the electronic device is higher than the output power level of the second electronic device, and the first electronic device determines that it is an electronic device with a larger output power.
  • the first electronic device may determine that the first electronic device is determined according to an output power value of the two electronic devices. For an electronic device with a larger output power, refer to the description in the first method described above.
  • the first electronic device sends a charging status request message to the second electronic device, and receives a charging status response message sent by the second electronic device according to the charging status request message.
  • the charging status response message includes charging status information, and the first electronic device can determine, according to the charging status information, whether the second electronic device is in a receiving power state.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging state information of the two electronic devices, whether the first electronic device and the second electronic device are not in a state of receiving power. If yes, step S305 is performed, and if no, step S306 is performed.
  • the first electronic device determines that a remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to a first power threshold.
  • the first power threshold is preset by the first electronic device according to parameters such as the total capacity of the battery. Specifically, the first electronic device determines its current remaining power value by using its own remaining power information, and determines the remaining power value and the size of the first power threshold. Among them, the When the first electronic device determines that the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, the first electronic device may further prompt the user how much the first electronic device can charge the second electronic device. . For example, before the NFC wireless charging function is turned on, the first electronic device can display the power of the XXmAh for the electronic device through the screen display or the voice prompt.
  • the first power threshold may also be determined by the first electronic device according to remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, and receives a battery information response sent by the second electronic device according to the battery information request, wherein the battery information request is used to learn the second electronic
  • the first electronic device determines the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the remaining power information includes a remaining power value and/or a total battery capacity, and/or a remaining battery percentage and a total battery capacity, and the remaining power information may further include a charging demand indication and/or other such as a maximum or a quota.
  • Related parameters such as discharge current.
  • the remaining power value of the first electronic device is 500 mAh
  • the minimum power value that affects the normal use of the device is 300 mAh.
  • the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, according to the second electronic device,
  • the battery information response determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 150 mAh, and the remaining power value is 1 OmAh
  • the first electronic device can set a first power threshold capable of charging the second electronic device, for example, 400 mAh. If the first electronic device determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 2000 mAh, and the remaining power value is 1000 mAh, and the maximum discharge current is 2 A, after the battery is charged with 200 mAh, the expected normal operation time is about For 10 minutes, then the first electronic device may set a first power threshold of 500 mAh for the second electronic device. Further, after determining that the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than the first power threshold, the first electronic device performs step S307.
  • the first electronic device determines that only the first electronic device is in a receiving power state. Specifically, the charging status information of the first electronic device indicates that the first electronic device is in Receiving a state of the power, the charging state information of the second electronic device indicating that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power.
  • the first electronic device turns on an NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the second electronic device. It should be noted that, after the first electronic device starts the NFC wireless charging service, the user may also be prompted to enable wireless charging, and of course, a prompt for user confirmation may be added. For example, the first electronic device is enabled to turn on the NFC wireless charging service. After that, through the screen or voice prompt "NFC wireless charging service is turned on”, or “Agree to open NFC wireless charging service”, and set the options “confirm” and “cancel”, here is just an example, the specific way to prompt the user, this The invention is not limited.
  • the output power request message, the charging status request message, and the battery request message that may be required by the first electronic device to be sent to the second electronic device are sent in a manner, for example, by using a request message.
  • the outputting power information, the charging status information, and/or the remaining power information are requested from the second electronic device.
  • all the required information can also be obtained through two request messages, which are not described here.
  • the first electronic device automatically turns on the NFC wireless charging service after determining the charging party according to the charging reference information, thereby making full use of the more fragmented
  • the time for the second electronic device is charged, which avoids the time and labor caused by the active operation of the user and improves the user experience.
  • the charging reference information includes charging states of the electronic devices of both parties. State information, output power information of the first electronic device and remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the following steps are described in which the first electronic device is a charging party, and the method includes:
  • the first electronic device sends a charging status request message to the second electronic device, and receives a charging status response message sent by the second electronic device according to the charging status request message.
  • the charging status request message is used to obtain current charging status information of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device can determine, according to the charging status information, whether the second electronic device is in a receiving power state. Specifically, when the time when the first electronic device and the second electronic device are in the NFC communication range and the NFC communication between the two electronic devices does not reach the preset time threshold, the first electronic device acquires the output power information of the first electronic device.
  • the output power information may include an output power value, and the first electronic device sends a charging status request message to the second electronic device when determining that the output power value is greater than or equal to the preset power threshold, wherein the preset power threshold is based on a threshold value that is set in advance in the actual situation; the output power information may further include an output power level, and the first electronic device sends a charging status request message to the second electronic device when determining that the output power level is higher than the preset power level.
  • the preset power level is a threshold level set in advance according to actual conditions.
  • the second electronic device may also send a charging status request message to the first electronic device, such that if the first electronic device Receiving, by the device, the charging status request message sent by the second electronic device, the first electronic device sends an output power request message to the second electronic device, or receives an output power request message sent by the second electronic device, and finally passes
  • the output power level or the output power value of the electronic device of the two parties is determined by the first electronic device or the second electronic device as a charging party. For details, refer to the descriptions corresponding to steps 301 to 30 3 in the previous embodiment.
  • the output power request message is sent by the first electronic device to the second electronic device or the second electronic device to the first electronic device, and the two parties can request by the respective charging states. Setting a random number in the message, and then comparing the two random numbers to determine, for example, if the random number in the charging status request message sent by the first electronic device is greater than the random number of the second electronic device, the first electronic device Send an output power request message.
  • the preset power threshold is P.
  • the output power value of the first electronic device is P. l
  • the output power value of the second electronic device is P. 2 , where P Ql is greater than P. And P. 2 is greater than P.
  • the first electronic device sends a first charging status request message to the second electronic device, and receives a second charging status request message sent by the second electronic device, where the first charging status request message includes a random number.
  • the second charging state request message includes a random number R 2 , and if the first electronic device determines that the random number is greater than the random number R 2 , the first electronic device sends an output power request message to the second electronic device; If the first electronic device determines that the random number is less than the random number R 2 , the first electronic device receives an output power request message sent by the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging state information of the second electronic device, that the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power.
  • the manner of receiving power may be wired or wireless. It should be noted that, if the first electronic device determines that the second electronic device is in the state of receiving power according to the charging state information, the process of turning on the NFC wireless charging service is ended.
  • the first electronic device determines, according to the charging state information of the first electronic device, whether the first electronic device is in a state of receiving power. If the first electronic device is not currently in the state of receiving power, step S 4 04 to step S 4 06; if the first electronic device is currently in the state of receiving power, step S 4 07 is performed.
  • the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, and receives a battery information response sent by the second electronic device according to the battery information request. It should be noted that this step is optional.
  • the battery information response includes remaining power information of the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines a first power threshold according to remaining power information of the two electronic devices. It should be noted that this step is optional, and is consistent with the above step S404, that is, if there is no step S404, there is no step S405; if there is step S4 04, there is step S405.
  • the remaining power information includes a remaining power value and/or a total battery capacity, and/or a remaining battery percentage and a total battery capacity, and the remaining power information may further include a charging demand indication and/or other such as a maximum or a quota.
  • Related parameters such as discharge current.
  • the first electronic device has a remaining power value of 500 mAh, and the minimum power value that affects the normal use of the device is 300 mAh. If the first electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, according to the second electronic device.
  • the sent battery information response determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 1 50 mAh, and the remaining power value is 1 OmAh, the first electronic device can set a first power threshold capable of charging the second electronic device, for example 4 00 mAh; if the first electronic device determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 2000 mAh, and the remaining power value is 10 O OmAh, the maximum discharge current is 2 A, and after charging the battery with 200 mAh, it is expected The normal usage time is approximately 10 minutes, then the first electronic device may set a first power threshold of 500 mAh for the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device determines that the remaining power value of the first electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold.
  • the first power threshold may be preset according to parameters such as the total battery capacity of the first electronic device, and the first electronic device determines, according to the charging status response message, that the second electronic device is in an uncharged state. When the first electronic device is in the uncharged state, the first electronic device can directly determine whether the remaining power value of the first electronic device is higher than the preset power threshold. The step is as shown by the dotted line in FIG. 4 . Show.
  • the first electronic device turns on an NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the second electronic device. It should be noted that after the first electronic device starts the NFC wireless charging service, the user may also be prompted to enable the wireless charging service to be turned on. Of course, a prompt for user confirmation may also be added. For example, the first electronic device is enabled to turn on the NFC wireless charging. After the service, through the screen display or The voice prompts the user to "turn on the NFC wireless charging service", or "whether or not to agree to enable the NFC wireless charging service", and set the options "confirm” and "cancel".
  • the manner of prompting the user is not limited.
  • an output power request message, a charging status request message, and a possible battery request message sent by the first electronic device to the second electronic device are transmitted in the same manner as the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 .
  • the method described in the same is not repeated here.
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device are in the effective range of the NFC communication, the first electronic device automatically turns on the NFC wireless charging service after determining the charging party according to the charging reference information, thereby making full use of the more fragmented
  • the time for the second electronic device is charged, which avoids the time and labor caused by the active operation of the user and improves the user experience.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides an electronic device 50. As shown in FIG. 5, the electronic device 5 0 includes:
  • a processor 5 1. an NFC wireless charging controller 52, a transceiver 53 and a communication bus 54; wherein the processor 51, the NFC wireless charging controller 52, and the transceiver 53 pass the communication
  • the bus 54 completes communication with each other.
  • the processor 51 may be a multi-core CPU, or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • the processor 51 is configured to determine, according to the charging reference information, whether the electronic device is a charging party, or whether the second electronic device is a charging party; if the electronic device is determined to be a charging party, control the NFC wireless charging controller 52 to enable NFC wireless Charging service, in preparation for charging the second electronic device; if it is determined that the second electronic device is a charging party, controlling the transceiver 53 to set the second electronic device Send a notification.
  • the NFC wireless charging controller 52 is configured to turn on the NFC wireless charging service according to the control of the processor 51 to prepare to charge the second electronic device.
  • the transceiver 53 is configured to send the notification to the second electronic device according to the control of the processor 51, so that the second electronic device turns on the NFC wireless charging service of the second electronic device according to the notification, Prepare to charge the electronic device.
  • the processor 51 is further configured to determine, after determining whether the electronic device is a charging party or the second electronic device is a charging party according to the charging reference information, determining that the second electronic device is in NFC communication. The time during which no NFC communication occurs between the two electronic devices within the distance exceeds the preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes different information, and the manner in which the processor 51 determines whether the electronic device is a charging party or the second electronic device is a charging party, and the method further includes: mode 1: the charging reference information includes the electronic device The charging status information and the charging status information of the second electronic device. Then, the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the electronic device or the second electronic device may be randomly determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated, and Obtaining, by the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, the remaining power information, and the like, whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (refer to the related implementation manner in detail);
  • the charging status information includes a charging identifier for indicating whether the corresponding electronic device is in a state of receiving power, and when the electronic device is in a receiving power state and the other electronic device is not in a receiving power state, the electronic device determines
  • the electronic device receiving the power is a charging party, and the NFC wireless charging service of the charging party is turned on to prepare to charge the opposite electronic device; when both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the electronic device can randomly determine one electronic device.
  • the device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated.
  • the electronic device or the second electronic device can be used as a charging party by acquiring the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, and the remaining power information.
  • the implementation method terminates the entire process when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state.
  • Manner 2 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the output power of the second electronic device and/or the charging state information of both parties may be acquired and/or The remaining power information of both parties is used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related implementation below).
  • the output power information may include an output power value
  • the preset power threshold is a threshold value that is set in advance according to an actual situation
  • the output power information may include an output power level
  • the preset power level is based on actual conditions. The threshold level set in advance.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is sufficiently large in output power (e.g., the electronic device is a high-power device), the electronic device can be defaulted to be a charging party.
  • Manner 3 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and output power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices with equivalent output power
  • one of the electronic devices may be randomly determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and the charging state information of both electronic devices may be acquired and/or
  • the remaining power information of the electronic device or the electronic devices of both parties is used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related related implementations in detail).
  • the output power information may include an output power level, for example, three levels of high, medium, and low.
  • the electronic device determines an electronic device with a larger output power by comparing the output power levels of the two electronic devices, and outputs the output. The more powerful electronic device is determined to be a charging party.
  • the electronic device with a large level is an electronic device with a larger output power; the output power information may also include an output power value.
  • the electronic device determines the electronic device with the larger output power value as the charging party, for example, the electronic device and the second electronic device.
  • the output power values are respectively P1 and P2, and the preset power difference threshold is ⁇ ⁇ . If P 1 >P2 and
  • the output power information may include both an output power level and an output power value.
  • the electronic device may compare the output power of the two electronic devices by using the foregoing method. The difference between the values and the preset power difference threshold determines the electronic device with a larger output power.
  • the electronic device can indirectly obtain the output power value by acquiring an output current and an output voltage.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and/or charging state information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the electronic device is in a receiving power state and/or the second electronic device is not in the When receiving the state of the power, determine that the electronic device is charging Party
  • the second electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, the second may be determined.
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated;
  • the second electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the electronic device is not in the state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging side
  • the process may also be terminated, and the output power information of the second electronic device and/or the remaining power information of the two electronic devices may be obtained to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other implementation manners may be seen);
  • the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or Terminate the process.
  • the functions of the charging state information, the output power information, the preset power threshold, and the preset power level are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and output power information of the second electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and charging state information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the electronic device is not located When receiving the state of the power, determining that the second electronic device is a charging party;
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the electronic device is in a state of receiving power, it may be determined that the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process may be terminated.
  • the functions of the charging state information and the output power information are the same as those of the other related implementations described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method for judging the electronic device with a larger output power refer to the detailed description in the foregoing mode 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Manner 6 The charging reference information includes charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device when the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, and the second electronic device is in the state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the electronic device when the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold, and the electronic device is in the state of receiving power, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated.
  • the first power threshold may be a preset power threshold, or the electronic device acquires remaining power information of the second electronic device and sets a power threshold according to remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, and receives a battery information response sent by the second electronic device according to the battery information request, wherein the battery information request is used to learn the second electronic device battery.
  • the remaining power information the electronic device determines the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the remaining power information includes a remaining power value and/or a total battery capacity, and/or a remaining battery percentage and a total battery capacity, and the remaining power information may further include a charging demand indication and/or other such as a maximum or a quota.
  • Related parameters such as discharge current.
  • the remaining power value of the electronic device is 500 mAh
  • the minimum power value that affects the normal use of the device is 300 mAh. If the electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, responds according to the battery information sent by the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device may set a first power threshold capable of charging the second electronic device, for example, 400 mAh; The device determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 2000 mAh, and the remaining power value is 10 O OmAh, and the maximum discharge current is 2 A. After charging the battery with 200 mAh, the expected normal use time is about 10 minutes. Then, the electronic device may set a first power threshold of 500 mAh for the second electronic device. It should be noted that the role of the charging state information in this mode is the same as the other related implementation manners described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Method 7 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and remaining power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the electronic device is a charging party
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the entire remaining power and/or the output power information of the second electronic device may be terminated to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party. See other related implementations);
  • the electronic device may be determined when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold.
  • the entire process may also be terminated, and the electronic device or the second device may be determined by acquiring the charging state of the electronic device and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device and/or the output power information of the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device is used as a charging side (specifically, other related implementations can be seen);
  • the second electronic device may be determined when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold
  • the entire process may also be terminated, and it may also be determined whether the electronic device or the second device is obtained by acquiring the charging state of the electronic devices of the two parties and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device and/or the output power information of the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device is used as a charging side (see other related implementations for details).
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Manner 8 The charging reference information includes output power information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and both sides may be acquired.
  • the charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related implementation manners may be seen);
  • the electronic device When the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than the first power threshold, the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and both sides may be acquired.
  • the charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related implementations are visible). It should be noted that the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, remaining power information of the electronic device, and remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold and the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold,
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated. It is also possible to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is obtained by acquiring the charging state information of both parties.
  • the device is used as a charging side (see other related implementations for details);
  • the second device may be determined when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than a first power threshold and the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to a second power threshold.
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated. It can also be determined whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of both parties (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen);
  • the entire process can be terminated, and the charging status information of both parties can be used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see other related implementation methods).
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the electronic device may first judge according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes charging status information of the electronic device, charging status information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, remaining power information of the electronic device, and/or the second electronic device. Remaining battery information. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than or When the first power threshold is equal to, and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is less than the a power threshold, and/or a second electronic device When the remaining power is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power
  • the threshold, and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold. And/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than the preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and only the electronic device is in the receiving power state, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, or the entire device may be terminated.
  • the electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and only the second electronic device is in the receiving power state, the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or Ending the entire process;
  • the electronic device starts with the output power information of the electronic device as a condition. If the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or output power The level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and then determined according to the charging status information and/or remaining power information of the electronic devices of both parties:
  • the entire process is terminated. (It should be noted that the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party at this time, but the charging effect may not be obtained if the charging is started later. Too ideal). If the output power value of the electronic device is less than the preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, the entire process may be terminated, or may be determined according to the charging state information and/or remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. :
  • Determining that the second electronic device is a charging party may also terminate the entire process
  • the second electronic device When only the second electronic device is in the receiving power state, it can be determined that the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated. It should be noted that, in the present mode, the output power information, the remaining power information, and the first power The functions of the quantity threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging status information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties.
  • the order of judgment is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, and remaining of the electronic device The power information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the entire process is terminated (it is required that At this time, if the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later. If the device is not in the receiving power state, and the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is less than the first power threshold, the entire process is terminated. It should be noted that, at this time, it can also be determined that the electronic device is a charging party for the same reason as above;
  • the entire process is terminated. For example, the electronic device determines the condition starting from the charging state information of the two electronic devices. If both electronic devices are in the receiving power state, the entire process is terminated; if both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the electronic device determines the output power of the two electronic devices according to the output power information and the remaining power information of the electronic devices.
  • the electronic device whose larger and remaining power value is greater than or equal to the power threshold is a charging party; if only the electronic device is in the receiving power state, then according to the output of both electronic devices Determining that the electronic device is a charging device when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power; if only the second electronic device is in a receiving power state, determining the second device according to the output power information of the two electronic devices When the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, the second electronic device is determined as a charging party. For example, the electronic device determines the condition based on the output power information of the two electronic devices. If the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is further determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the electronic device can be determined to be the charging side at this time, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later;
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices having the same output power (that is, when the output power levels of the two parties are the same, or the absolute value of the difference between the output power values of the two parties is less than the power difference threshold), the entire process is terminated. If the output powers of the two electronic devices are equivalent, that is, the output power levels of the two electronic devices are the same and/or the absolute value of the difference between the output powers of the two electronic devices is less than the preset power difference threshold, the entire process may be terminated, or may be further The charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties are determined to be charged by the electronic device or the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device determines the condition based on the remaining power information of the two electronic devices. If the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, determining, according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices: Power status Determining that the electronic device with greater output power in the electronic devices of the two parties is a charging party;
  • an electronic device having a larger output power in both electronic devices is a charging party when it is in a receiving power state and the opposite electronic device is not in a receiving power state;
  • the entire process is terminated. If the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, then determining according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices:
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the electronic device is not located When receiving the power state, determining that the second electronic device is a charging party;
  • the entire process is terminated.
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, The order in which information is judged is not limited. Further, the electronic device that has been determined to be the charging party turns on its own NFC wireless charging service in preparation for providing charging services for the peer electronic device. It should be noted that the existing NFC wireless charging process includes an NFC wireless charging control phase and an NFC wireless energy transmission phase, and after the charging party electronic device turns on the NFC wireless charging service, the charging party electronic device starts the NFC wireless charging process through the NFC communication.
  • the NFC wireless charging mode or other wireless charging mode is selected by interacting with the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging control phase to verify the information, technical information, etc., and then charging the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging power transmission phase.
  • the other wireless charging methods described above include, but are not limited to, wireless charging technologies respectively developed by the three major wireless charging alliances WPC (Wireless Power Consortium), PMA (Power Matters Alliance), and A4WP (Brand for Wireless Power).
  • the electronic device determines whether the charging party is the electronic device or the second electronic device according to the charging reference information, and when the charging party is determined to be the electronic device, The NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device, when determining that the charging party is the second electronic device, notifying the second electronic device to turn on the NFC wireless charging service.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of more fragmentation.
  • the time is charged for the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention provides another electronic device 60.
  • the electronic device 60 includes:
  • processor 61 a processor 61, an NFC wireless charging controller 62, a transceiver 63, and a communication bus 64; wherein the processor 61, the NFC wireless charging controller 62, and the transceiver 63 pass through the communication bus 64 Complete communication with each other.
  • the processor 61 may be a multi-core CPU CPU, or an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention.
  • the transceiver 6 3 is configured to receive a notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the electronic device is a charging party; the processor 61 is configured to control the NFC wireless charging control 62 according to the notification, to enable the electronic device The NFC wireless charging service; the NFC wireless charging controller 6 2 is configured to turn on the NFC wireless charging service according to the control of the processor, to prepare to charge the first electronic device.
  • the transceiver 6 3 is configured to receive a charging control message that is sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party; the processor 6 1 is configured to notify the electronic device according to the charging control message Respond as a charged party.
  • the NFC wireless charging controller 62 may be separately established from the processor 61 as a separate module, or may be integrated into the processor 6 1 as part of the processor 61.
  • the transceiver 63 is further configured to send, to the first electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, the electronic device, before receiving the notification or accepting the charging control message.
  • the processor 61 is further configured to send, in the transceiver 63, the charging status information of the electronic device, the output power information of the electronic device, and the remaining power information of the electronic device to the first electronic device. Before the at least one message, it is determined that the time during which the first electronic device remains within the effective distance of the NFC communication and the NFC communication does not occur between the two electronic devices exceeds a preset time threshold.
  • the electronic device receives a notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the electronic device is a charging party, and starts an NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device according to the notification, to prepare for the first electronic device Charging; or, the electronic device receives a charging control message sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party, to notify the electronic device to respond as a charged party.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of more fragmentation.
  • the time is charged for the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • the electronic device 70 includes: a processing unit 7 1 configured to determine, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the electronic device or the second electronic device. And when it is determined that the charging party is the electronic device, the NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device is turned on to prepare to charge the second electronic device. a sending unit 72, when the processing unit 7 1 determines that the charging party is the second electronic device, The second electronic device is notified to turn on the NFC wireless charging service to prepare to charge the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, etc.
  • the second electronic device may be a Bluetooth earphone, a pedometer, a mobile phone, etc.
  • the processing unit 71 is further configured to: before determining, according to the charging reference information, whether the charging party is the electronic device or the second electronic device, determining that the second electronic device is within an effective distance of the NFC communication and both sides of the electronic device NFC communication has not occurred between devices for longer than the preset time threshold.
  • the charging reference information includes information that the second electronic device actively sends to the electronic device or information that the second electronic device sends to the electronic device according to the request message of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device may send the request message to obtain the charging reference information multiple times, or may be obtained in one time, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the charging reference information includes different information, and the processing unit 71 determines whether the electronic device is a charging party or the second electronic device is a charging party.
  • the method further includes: mode 1: the charging reference information includes charging of the electronic device. Status information and charging status information of the second electronic device. Then, the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the electronic device or the second electronic device may be randomly determined to be a charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated, and Obtaining, by the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, the remaining power information, and the like, whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (refer to the related implementation manner in detail); 4) The entire flow is terminated when the electronic device is in a state of receiving power and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power.
  • the charging status information includes a charging identifier for indicating whether the corresponding electronic device is in a state of receiving power, and when the electronic device is in a receiving power state and the other electronic device is not in a receiving power state, the electronic device determines The electronic device receiving the power is a charging party, and the NFC wireless charging service of the charging party is turned on to prepare to charge the opposite electronic device; when both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the electronic device can randomly determine one electronic device.
  • the device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated.
  • the electronic device or the second electronic device can be used as a charging party by acquiring the electronic device, the output power information of the second electronic device, and the remaining power information.
  • the implementation method terminates the entire process when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state.
  • Manner 2 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, and the output power of the second electronic device and/or the charging state information of both parties may be acquired and/or The remaining power information of both parties is used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related implementation below).
  • the output power information may include an output power value
  • the preset power threshold is a threshold value that is set in advance according to an actual situation
  • the output power information may include an output power level
  • the preset power level is based on actual conditions. The threshold level set in advance.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device is sufficiently large in output power (for example, the electronic device is a high-power device), the electronic device can be defaulted to be a charging party.
  • Manner 3 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and output power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information: 1) when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices with equivalent output power
  • one of the electronic devices may be randomly determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and the charging state information of both electronic devices may be acquired and/or
  • the remaining power information of the electronic device or the electronic devices of both parties is used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see the related related implementations in detail).
  • the output power information may include an output power level, for example, three levels of high, medium, and low.
  • the electronic device determines an electronic device with a larger output power by comparing the output power levels of the two electronic devices, and outputs the output. The more powerful electronic device is determined to be a charging party.
  • the electronic device with a large level is an electronic device with a larger output power; the output power information may also include an output power value.
  • the electronic device determines the electronic device with the larger output power value as the charging party, for example, the electronic device and the second electronic device.
  • the output power values are respectively P1 and P2, and the preset power difference threshold is ⁇ ⁇ . If P 1 >P2 and
  • the output power information may include both an output power level and an output power value.
  • the electronic device may compare the output power of the two electronic devices by using the foregoing method. The difference between the values and the preset power difference threshold determines the electronic device with a larger output power.
  • the electronic device can indirectly obtain the output power value by acquiring an output current and an output voltage.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and/or charging state information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or Determining that the electronic device is a charging party when the power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and the electronic device is in a state of receiving power and/or the second electronic device is not in a state of receiving power;
  • the second electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, the second may be determined.
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated;
  • the second electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the electronic device is not in the state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging side
  • the process may also be terminated, and the output power information of the second electronic device and/or the remaining power information of the two electronic devices may be obtained to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other implementation manners may be seen);
  • the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or Terminate the process.
  • the functions of the charging state information, the output power information, the preset power threshold, and the preset power level are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and output power information of the second electronic device, charging state information of the electronic device, and charging state information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the second electronic device is in a state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or may terminate the whole Process
  • the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the electronic device is in a state of receiving power, it may be determined that the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process may be terminated.
  • the functions of the charging state information and the output power information are the same as those of the other related implementations described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method for judging the electronic device with a larger output power refer to the detailed description in the foregoing mode 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Manner 6 The charging reference information includes charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device when the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, and the second electronic device is in the state of receiving power, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the electronic device when the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold, and the electronic device is in the state of receiving power, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated;
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may be terminated.
  • the first power threshold may be a preset power threshold, or the electronic device acquires remaining power information of the second electronic device and sets a power threshold according to remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, and receives a battery information response sent by the second electronic device according to the battery information request, wherein the battery information request is used to learn the second electronic device battery.
  • the remaining power information the electronic device determines the first power threshold according to the remaining power information of the two electronic devices.
  • the remaining power information includes a remaining power value and/or a total battery capacity, and/or a remaining battery percentage and a total battery capacity, and the remaining power information may further include a charging demand indication and/or other such as a maximum or a quota.
  • Related parameters such as discharge current.
  • the remaining power value of the electronic device is 500 mAh
  • the minimum power value that affects the normal use of the device is 300 mAh. If the electronic device sends a battery information request to the second electronic device, responds according to the battery information sent by the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device may set a first power threshold capable of charging the second electronic device, for example, 400 mAh; The device determines that the total battery capacity of the second electronic device is 2000 mAh, and the remaining power value is 10 O OmAh, and the maximum discharge current is 2 A. After charging the battery with 200 mAh, the expected normal use time is about 10 minutes. Then, the electronic device may set a first power threshold of 500 mAh for the second electronic device. It should be noted that the role of the charging state information in this mode is the same as the other related implementation manners described above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Method 7 The charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device and remaining power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than Or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the second electronic device is a charging party, and may also terminate the entire remaining power; or the output power information of the second electronic device to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related implementation manners may be seen);
  • the electronic device may be determined when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold.
  • the entire process may also be terminated, and the electronic device or the second device may be determined by acquiring the charging state of the electronic device and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device and/or the output power information of the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device is used as a charging side (specifically, other related implementations can be seen);
  • the second electronic device may be determined when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold
  • the entire process may also be terminated, and it may also be determined whether the electronic device or the second device is obtained by acquiring the charging state of the electronic devices of the two parties and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device and/or the output power information of the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device is used as a charging side (see other related implementations for details).
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • Manner 8 The charging reference information includes output power information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining power information of the electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power of the electronic device When the magnitude is greater than or equal to the first power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and both sides may be acquired.
  • the charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related implementation manners may be seen);
  • the electronic device When the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than the first power threshold, the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or the entire process may be terminated, and both sides may be acquired.
  • the charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (specifically, other related implementations are visible). It should be noted that the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic device, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, remaining power information of the electronic device, and remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the second electronic device is a charging party when the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power value of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to a second power threshold; 3) when the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold and the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold,
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated. It can also be determined whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of both parties (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen);
  • the second device may be determined when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power and the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than a first power threshold and the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to a second power threshold.
  • the electronic device is a charging party, and the entire process can also be terminated. It can also be determined whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party by acquiring the charging state information of both parties (specifically, other related implementation manners can be seen);
  • the entire process can be terminated, and the charging status information of both parties can be used to determine whether the electronic device or the second electronic device is used as a charging party (see other related implementation methods).
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the electronic device may first judge according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, and the order of determining the information in this manner is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes charging status information of the electronic device, charging status information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, remaining power information of the electronic device, and/or the second electronic device. Remaining battery information. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to a preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to a preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than or Equal to the first battery threshold, and/or second electron When the remaining power of the device is less than the second power threshold, determining that the electronic device is a charging party;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is less than the
  • the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than a preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power
  • the threshold, and/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is less than the second power threshold, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and the electronic devices of the two devices are not in the receiving power state, and the remaining power of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold. And/or the remaining power of the second electronic device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, and the entire process may also be terminated;
  • the electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than the preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and only the electronic device is in the receiving power state, the electronic device may be determined to be the charging party, or the entire device may be terminated.
  • the electronic device when the output power value of the electronic device is less than a preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, and only the second electronic device is in the receiving power state, the electronic device may be determined to be a charging party, or Ending the entire process; 9) When both electronic devices are in the state of receiving power, the entire process is terminated. For example, the electronic device starts with the output power information of the electronic device as a condition. If the output power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the preset power threshold, or the output power level is higher than or equal to the preset power level, then determining according to the charging state information and/or remaining power information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated. (It should be noted that the second electronic device may be determined to be the charging party at this time, but the charging effect may not be obtained if the charging is started later. Too ideal). If the output power value of the electronic device is less than the preset power threshold, or the output power level is lower than the preset power level, the entire process may be terminated, or may be determined according to the charging state information and/or remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. :
  • Determining that the second electronic device is a charging party may also terminate the entire process
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein.
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic device, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties.
  • the order of judgment is not limited.
  • the charging reference information includes: charging state information of the electronic device, charging state information of the second electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, output power information of the second electronic device, and remaining of the electronic device The power information and/or the remaining power information of the second electronic device. Then the electronic device makes the following judgment according to the charging reference information:
  • the entire process is terminated. For example, the electronic device determines the condition starting from the charging state information of the two electronic devices. If both electronic devices are in the receiving power state, the entire process is terminated; if both electronic devices are not in the receiving power state, the electronic device determines the output power of the two electronic devices according to the output power information and the remaining power information of the electronic devices.
  • the electronic device whose larger and remaining power value is greater than or equal to the power threshold is a charging party; if only the electronic device is in the receiving power state, then according to the output of both electronic devices Determining that the electronic device is a charging device when the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power; if only the second electronic device is in a receiving power state, determining the second device according to the output power information of the two electronic devices When the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, the second electronic device is determined as a charging party. For example, the electronic device determines the condition based on the output power information of the two electronic devices. If the electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the second electronic device is an electronic device with a larger output power, it is further determined according to the charging state information and/or the remaining battery information of the two electronic devices:
  • the electronic device can be determined to be the charging side at this time, but the charging effect may not be ideal if the battery is charged later;
  • the entire process is terminated when both electronic devices are in the receiving power state. If the electronic device and the second electronic device are electronic devices having the same output power (that is, when the output power levels of the two parties are the same, or the absolute value of the difference between the output power values of the two parties is less than the power difference threshold), the entire process is terminated. If the output powers of the two electronic devices are equivalent, that is, the output power levels of the two electronic devices are the same and/or the absolute value of the difference between the output powers of the two electronic devices is less than the preset power difference threshold, the entire process may be terminated, or may be further The charging status information and/or the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties are determined to be charged by the electronic device or the second electronic device.
  • the electronic device determines the condition based on the remaining power information of the two electronic devices. If the remaining power value of the electronic device is greater than or equal to the first power threshold and the second electronic The remaining power value of the device is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, and then determined according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices:
  • an electronic device having a larger output power in both electronic devices is a charging party when it is in a receiving power state and the opposite electronic device is not in a receiving power state;
  • the entire process is terminated. If the remaining power value of the electronic device is less than the first power threshold and the second electronic device The remaining power value is greater than or equal to the second power threshold, and then determined according to the output power information and the charging state information of the two electronic devices:
  • the entire process is terminated.
  • the functions of the output power information, the remaining power information, the first power threshold, the second power threshold, and the charging state information are the same as the other related implementations described above, and are not described herein again.
  • the second power threshold is similar to the first power threshold, and may be preset or may be set according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties. For the specific method, refer to the specific description in the foregoing manner, and details are not described herein. .
  • the electronic device may first determine according to the charging state information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the output power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, or may first determine according to the remaining power information of the electronic devices of the two parties, The order in which information is judged is not limited. Further, the electronic device that has been determined to be the charging party turns on its own NFC wireless charging service to provide charging service for the peer electronic device.
  • the existing NFC wireless charging process includes an NFC wireless charging control phase and an NFC wireless energy transmission phase, and after the charging party electronic device turns on the NFC wireless charging service, the charging party electronic device starts the NFC wireless charging process through the NFC communication.
  • the NFC wireless charging mode or other wireless charging mode is selected by interacting with the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging control phase to verify the information, technical information, etc., and then charging the electronic device to be charged through the NFC wireless charging power transmission phase.
  • the other wireless charging methods mentioned above include, but are not limited to, the current three major wireless charging alliances WPC (Wire es s Power Consorium), PMA (Power Ma t ter s A lliance) Wireless charging technology developed separately from A4WP (A lli ance for Wi re es s Power).
  • WPC Wireless es s Power Consorium
  • PMA Power Ma t ter s A lliance
  • A4WP A lli ance for Wi re es s Power
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of more fragmentation.
  • the time is charged for the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides another electronic device 80.
  • the electronic device 80 includes: a receiving unit 81, configured to receive a notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the electronic device is a charging party; 82.
  • the NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device is turned on according to the notification received by the receiving unit 81, to prepare to charge the first electronic device.
  • the receiving unit 81 is configured to receive a charging control message that is sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party
  • the processing unit 82 is configured to receive, according to the charging control message received by the receiving unit 81 The electronic device is notified to respond as a charged party.
  • the electronic device further includes a sending unit 83, where the sending unit 83 is configured to send the charging status information of the electronic device to the first electronic device before the receiving unit receives the notification or accepts the charging control message. And at least one of the output power information of the electronic device and the remaining power information of the electronic device; or receiving the request message of the first electronic device, and sending the request message to the first electronic device according to the request message of the first electronic device At least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery amount information of the electronic device.
  • the processing unit 82 is further configured to: at the sending unit 83, send, to the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device.
  • the processing unit 82 is further configured to: at the sending unit 83, send, to the first electronic device, at least one of charging state information of the electronic device, output power information of the electronic device, and remaining battery information of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device receives a notification sent by the first electronic device when determining that the electronic device is a charging party, and starts an NFC wireless charging service of the electronic device according to the notification, to prepare for the first electronic device Charging; or, the electronic device receives a charging control message sent by the first electronic device when determining that the first electronic device is a charging party, to notify the electronic device to respond as a charged party.
  • the two electronic devices can determine the charging party according to the charging reference message and automatically turn on the charging party's NFC wireless charging service, thereby making full use of more fragmentation.
  • the time is charged for the peer electronic device, which avoids the time and labor caused by the user's active operation and improves the user experience.
  • the disclosed electronic device can be implemented in other manners.
  • the electronic device described above is merely illustrative.
  • the division of the module or unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined. Either can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Charge And Discharge Circuits For Batteries Or The Like (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例提供一种开启近场通信NFC无线充电服务的方法和设备,涉及无线充电领域,能够自动开启提供电力的电子设备的NFC无线充电服务。该方法包括:第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该第一电子设备还是第二电子设备,并在确定充电方为该第一电子设备时,开启该第一电子设备的NFC无线充电服务,在确定充电方为该第二电子设备时,该第一电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启NFC无线充电服务。本发明用于开启电子设备的NFC无线充电服务,以准备为对端电子设备充电。

Description

一种开启近场通信 NFC无线充电服务的方法和设备
技术领域 本发明涉及无线充电技术领域,尤其涉及一种开启近场通信 NFC无线 充电服务的方法和设备。 背景技术
随着电子设备的不断增加与多样化, 人们去除众多烦乱的充电线的 愿望越来越大, 在这种愿望的推动下, 无线充电技术日趋成熟。
现有技术中, 用户在进行 NFC ( Nea r F i e l d Commun i ca t i on , 近场 通信) 无线充电之前, 需要手动开启提供充电服务的电子设备的无线充 电功能, 并将待充电的电子设备放在 NFC 通信的有效范围之内, 然后该 提供充电服务的电子设备通过 NF C通信开始无线充电流程。
由上可知, NFC无线充电只能在用户充电目的很明确并手动开启提供 充电服务的电子设备的 NFC无线充电功能的情况进行, 则当 NFC无线充电 中途停止时 (如待充电的电子设备离开了无线充电的有效范围) , 用户若 需要继续充电, 只能再次手动开启提供充电服务的电子设备的 NFC无线充 电功能, 导致用户操作繁瑣, 降低了用户体验。 发明内容
本发明提供一种开启 NFC无线充电的方法和设备, 能够自动开启提 供电力的电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务。 本发明第一方面提供一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法, 包括: 第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设备还 是第二电子设备; 若确定充电方为所述第一电子设备, 开启所述第一电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 若充电方为所述第二 电子设备, 通知所述第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所 述第一电子设备充电。 在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述第一电子设备根据 充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设备还是第二电子设备之前包 括, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且双方电 子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息和第 二电子设备的充电状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第一电子设备未 处于接收电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第二电子设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第一电子设备处 于接收电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第 二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电方。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所 述第一电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备的 输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备的输出功 率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第一电子设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设 备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确 定所述第一电子设备为充电方。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息和所 述第一电子设备的剩余电量信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备的 输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述第一电子设备的输出功 率等级高于或等于预设功率等级,且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量 信息确定所述第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则 确定所述第一电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括:所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述 第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息和所 述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电 方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第 ―电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所 述第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第一电子设备的剩余电量信息和 所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述第一 电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备根 据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第一方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息、 所 述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第一电子设备和 /或所述第二电 子设备的剩余电量信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量 信息确定所述第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则 确定所述第一电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第一电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电 方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备根 据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第五种可能的实现方式至第七种可能的实现方式中的任意一种 可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述输出功率更大的电 子设备包括: 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方电子设备的输出功率值 之差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值时, 输出功率值更大的电子设 备。
本发明第二方面提供另一种开启近场通信 NFC 无线充电服务的方 法, 所述方法包括: 第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第二电子设备为充 电方时发送的通知, 并根据所述通知开启所述第二电子设备的 NFC 无线 充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设备 作充电方时发送的充电控制消息, 以通知所述第二电子设备作为被充电 方进行响应。 在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述第二电子设备接收 所述第一电子设备在确定所述第二电子设备为充电方时发送的通知之 前, 还包括: 向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的 至少一个信息; 或 接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的请 求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所 述第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中 的至少一个信息; 在所述第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设 备作充电方时发送的充电控制消息之前, 还包括: 向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的 至少一个信息; 或 接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的请 求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所 述第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中 的至少一个信息。 结合第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第二 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少 一个信息之前, 还包括: 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电 子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。
本发明第三方面提供一种电子设备, 包括: 处理器, 用于根据充电参考信息确定所述电子设备为充电方, 还是 第二电子设备为充电方; 若确定所述电子设备为充电方, 则控制 NFC 无 线充电控制器开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 若确定所述第二电子设备为充电方, 则控制收发器向所述第二电子设备 发送通知; 所述 NFC无线充电控制器, 用于根据处理器的控制, 开启 NFC无线 充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 所述收发器, 用于根据处理器的控制, 向所述第二电子设备发送通 知, 以使所述第二电子设备根据所述通知开启所述第二电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 准备为所述电子设备充电。 在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于, 在根 据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备为充电方还是所述第二电子 设备之前, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且 双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第 二电子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子 设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备处于接收电 力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设 备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电 子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处 理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定 所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确定所述电子设备为充电 方。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电 子设备的剩余电量信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级,且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充 电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括:所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电 子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第 二电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的剩余电量信息和所述第二 电子设备的剩余电量信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第三方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第 二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备和 /或所述第二电子设备的剩余 电量信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定 所述电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子 设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述电子设备处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第五种可能的实现方式至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种可 能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述输出功率更大的电子 设备包括: 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方电子设备的输出功率值之 差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值时, 输出功率值更大的电子设备。
本发明第四方面提供一种电子设备, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收第一电子设备在确定所述电子设备为充电方时发 送的通知; 处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的通知控制 NFC无线充电控制 器, 以开启所述电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务; 所述 NFC无线充电控制器, 用于根据所述处理器的控制开启 NFC无 线充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述收发器, 用于接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设备 为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 所述处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的充电控制消息通知所述 电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述收发器还用于, 在接 收所述通知之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息; 所述收发器还用于, 在接收所述充电控制消息之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息。 结合第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处 理器还用于, 在所述收发器向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充 电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量 信息中的至少一个信息之前, 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC 通信 的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预设的 时间阈值。
本发明第五方面提供一种电子设备, 包括: 处理单元, 用于根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备还是 第二电子设备,并在确定充电方为所述电子设备时, 开启所述电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 发送单元,用于在所述处理单元确定充电方为所述第二电子设备时, 通知所述第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所述电子设备 充电。 在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理单元还用于, 在 根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备还是第二电子设备之前, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设 备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和第二电 子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处理单元还用于, 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子 设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备处于接收电 力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设 备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电 子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处 理单元具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定 所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确定所述电子设备为充电 方。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电 子设备的剩余电量信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级,且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充 电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括:所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电 子设备的充电状态信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第六种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第 二电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的剩余电量信息和所述第二 电子设备的剩余电量信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第五方面或者第一种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方 式中, 所述充电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第 二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备和 /或所述第二电子设备的剩余 电量信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定 所述电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子 设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述电子设备处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 结合第五种可能的实现方式至第七种可能的实现方式中的任一种可 能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方电子设备的输出功率值之差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值 时, 输出功率值更大的电子设备。
本发明第六方面提供一种电子设备, 包括: 接收单元, 用于接收第一电子设备在确定所述电子设备为充电方时 发送的通知; 处理单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收到的通知开启所述电子设备 的 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述接收单元, 用于接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设 备为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 所述处理单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收到的充电控制消息通知 所述电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述电子设备还包括发送 单元, 所述发送单元具体用于, 在所述接收单元接收所述通知之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息; 所述发送单元还用于,在所述接收单元接收所述充电控制消息之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息。 结合第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处 理单元还用于, 在所述发送单元向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备 的充电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余 电量信息中的至少一个信息之前, 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预 设的时间阈值。
釆用上述方案, 第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该第一 电子设备还是第二电子设备, 并在确定充电方为该第一电子设备时, 开启 该第一电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务,在确定充电方为该第二电子设备时, 该第一电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服务。 这样, 当该 第一电子设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子 设备可根据该充电参考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC无线充电 服务, 充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了因 用户主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例描述 中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅 仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创 造性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图 1为本发明实施例提供的一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法的流 程示意图; 图 2为本发明实施例提供的另一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法的 流程示意图;
图 3为本发明实施例提供的另一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法的 流程示意图;
图 4为本发明实施例提供的另一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法的 流程示意图;
图 5为本发明实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图; 图 6为本发明实施例提供的另一种电子设备的结构示意图; 图 7为本发明实施例提供的另一种电子设备的结构示意图; 图 8为本发明实施例提供的另一种电子设备的结构示意图。 具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术 方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明 一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本 领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他 实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 本发明实施例提供一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法,如图 1所示, 包括:
S 1 01、 第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备。 需要说明的是, 该第一电子设备可以为手机, 平板电脑, 笔记本电 脑等, 该第二电子设备可以为蓝牙耳机, 计步器, 手机等, 并且该第一 电子设备与该第二电子设备都具有 NFC通信功能。 具体地, 在该第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该第一 电子设备还是第二电子设备之前, 该第一电子设备确定与该第二电子设 备保持在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信 的时间超过预设的时间阈值。 另外, 该充电参考信息包括该第二电子设备主动发送给第 ―电子设 备的信息或者该第二电子设备根据该第一电子设备的请求消息发送至该 第一电子设备的信息。 其中, 该第一电子设备可以多次发送请求消息获 取该充电参考信息, 也可以一次性获取, 本发明对此不作限定。 该充电参考信息包括的信息不同, 步骤 S 1 01实现的方式也不同, 具 体包括: 方式一、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的充电状态信息和第 二电子设备的充电状态信息。 则第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于 接收电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处于 接收电力的状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该第一电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处 于接收电力的状态时, 可以随机确定该第一电子设备或第二电子设备为 充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取该第一、 第二电子设备 的输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息等判断由第一电子设备还是第二电子设 备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) ;
4 )在该第一电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于接 收电力的状态时, 终止整个流程。 具体地, 该充电状态信息包括充电标识, 用于表示对应的电子设备 是否处于接收电力的状态, 则在一方电子设备处于接收电力状态, 另一 方电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 该第一电子设备确定处于接收电力 的电子设备为充电方, 并开启该充电方的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为 对端电子设备充电; 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态时, 该第一 电子设备可以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取该第一、 第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息 等判断由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关 的实现方式) ; 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 方式二、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率小于预设功率阈值时, 可以确定该 第二电子设备为充电方, 还可以通过获取该第二电子设备的输出功率和 / 或双方的充电状态信息和 /或双方的剩余电量信息来判断由第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率值, 则该预设功率阈值 是根据实际情况提前设置的门限值; 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率 等级, 则该预设功率等级是根据实际情况提前设置的门限级别。 例如, 在该第一电子设备在输出功率足够大 (如第一电子设备为高功率设备) 时, 可以默认该第一电子设备为充电方。 方式三、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息和该 第二电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时, 确定该第一电 子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更下的电子设备时, 确定该第二电 子设备为充电方;
3 ) 在该第一电子设备与第二电子设备为输出功率相当的电子设备 时, 可以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可 以通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态信息和 /或第一电子设备或双方电 子设备的剩余电量信息来判断由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电 方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率等级,例如高、 中、 低三 个等级, 此时, 该第一电子设备通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率等级 确定输出功率更大的电子设备, 并将输出功率更大的电子设备确定为充 电方, 例如双方电子设备的输出功率等级至少相差一个级别时, 等级大 的电子设备就是输出功率更大的电子设备; 该输出功率信息也可以包括 输出功率值, 此时, 该第一电子设备在确定双方电子设备的输出功率值 之差大于预设功率差阈值时, 将输出功率值更大的电子设备确定为充电 方, 例如该第一、 第二电子设备的输出功率值分别为 Pl、 P2 , 预设功率 差阈值为 Δ Ρ , 则若 P1 >P2 且 | Ρ1-Ρ2 | > Δ Ρ , 则第一电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备。 需要说明的是, 该输出功率信息可以同时包括输出功率等级和输出 功率值, 则当双方电子设备的输出功率等级相同时, 该第一电子设备可 以釆用前面所述方法通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率值之差与预设功 率差阈值的大小来确定输出功率更大的电子设备。 另外, 该第一电子设 备可以通过获取输出电流和输出电压间接获取该输出功率值。 方式四、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 第一电子设备的充电状态信息和 /或该第二电子设备的充电状态信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备处于接收电 力状态和 /或该第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第一电子 设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第二电子设备处于接收电 力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备未处于接收电力的状态 时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程, 还可以通过 获取第二电子设备的输出功率信息和 /或双方电子设备的剩余电量信息 来判断由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他实现 方式) ;
4 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息、 预设功 率阈值、 预设功率等级的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该第一电子设备可以先根据该输出功率信息进行判断, 也 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的 判断顺序不作限定。 方式五、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息和该 第二电子设备的输出功率信息, 该第一电子设备的充电状态信息和该第 二电子设备的充电状态信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断: 1 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息的作用与 上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 该输出功率更大的电子设 备的判断方法, 可参考上述方式三中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的 判断顺序不作限定。 方式六、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的充电状态信息, 该 第二电子设备的充电状态信息和该第一电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该 第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该 第二电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电 方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该第一电 子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 也 可以终止整个流程; 4 )在该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该第一电 子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程。 具体地, 该第一电量阈值可以是预设的电量阈值, 或者该第一电子 设备获取该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息并根据双方电子设备的剩余电 量信息设定的电量阈值。 示例地, 该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求, 并 接收该第二电子设备根据该电池信息请求发送的电池信息响应, 其中, 该电池信息请求用于获知该第二电子设备电池的剩余电量信息, 则该第 一电子设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定该第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 该剩余电量信息包括剩余电量值和 /或电池总容量, 和 /或, 剩余电量百分比与电池总容量, 该剩余电量信息还可以包括充电 需求指示和 /或其他如最大或额度放电电流等相关参数。 示例地, 该第一电子设备剩余电量值为 5 00mAh , 影响设备正常使用 的最低电量值为 300mAh , 若该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池 信息请求后, 根据该第二电子设备发送的电池信息响应确定该第二电子 设备的电池总容量为 1 50mAh , 其剩余电量值为 l OmAh , 则该第一电子设 备可设置能对该第二电子设备充电的第一电量阈值, 例如, 4 00mAh; 若 该第一电子设备确定该第二电子设备的电池总容量为 2000mAh ,其剩余电 量值 l O OmAh , 其最大放电电流为 2A , 则对其充入 200mAh的电量后, 其 预计正常使用时间约为 1 0分钟, 那么, 第一电子设备可能针对第二电子 设备设置 500mAh的第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实 现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子设备可以先根据第一电 子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状 态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信 , 的判断顺序不作限定。 方式七、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息和该 第一电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量 值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量 值小于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 备的剩余电量和/或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断 :第一电子 设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
3 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等 于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定 一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 剩余电量和/或第二电子设备的
Figure imgf000025_0001
还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
4 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一 电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电 量和 /或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由第一电子设备还是第 二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 预设功率阈值、 预设功 率等级、 剩余电量信息、 第一电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其 他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子设备可以先根 据第一电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据第 ―电子设备 的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式八、 该充电参考信息包括该第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 第一电子设备的输出功率信息和该第一电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也 可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子 设备的剩余电量信息来判断是由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电 方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量大于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定第一电子设备为充电方, 也 可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子 设备的剩余电量信息来判断是由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电 方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该第一电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息 进行判断, 也可以先根据第一电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方 式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式九、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第一电子设备的剩余电量信息和该第 二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电 方;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量小 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由第一电子设备 还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量大于或等 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由第一电子设备 还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
5 )其他情况下, 可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状 态信息来判断是由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见 其他相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子 设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据 双方电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不 作限定。 方式十、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的充电状态信息、 该 第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第 一电子设备的剩余电量信息和 /或该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电 力状态, 且第一电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第 二电子设备的剩余电量小于第二电量阈值时, 确定第一电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电 力状态, 且第一电子设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子 设备的剩余电量大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为 充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有第一电子设备处于接收 电力状态时, 确定第一电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有第二电子设备处于接收 电力状态时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
5 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且 第一电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备 的剩余电量小于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第一电子设备为充电方, 也 可以终止整个流程;
6 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且 第一电子设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的剩余 电量大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也 可以终止整个流程; 7 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅第一电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定第一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
8 )在该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出 功率等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定第一电子设备为充电方, 也可在终止整个流程;
9 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电量状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该第一电子设备以第一电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判 断条件。 若该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或 者, 输出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 则再根据双方电子设备的 充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第一电子设备的剩余 电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在仅有该第一电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
3 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程(需 要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果 开始充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想) 。 若该第一电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功 率等级低于预设功率等级, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电 子设备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第一电子设备的剩 余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于 或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程; 3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第一电子设备的剩 余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量 值小于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程;
4 )在仅有该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该第一电 子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
5 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该第一电 子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子 第一电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的 剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式十一、 该充电参考信息包括该第一电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第一电子设备的剩余电量信息和 /或该 第二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该第一电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第一电子设备为输 出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第 一电量阈值时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若双方电子设备 均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备 且该第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定该第 二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在仅有该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第一电子设备为 输出功率更大的电子设备时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若 仅该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更 大的电子设备, 则确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第一电子设备为输 出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量 阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时若第二电子设备的剩余电 量大于或等于第二电量阈值, 也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只 是后续如果充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想。 ) ; 反之, 若双方电子 设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子 设备, 且该第二电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个 流程 (需要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 理由 同上) ;
4 )在仅有该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为 输出功率更大的电子设备时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时也可 以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电效果可 能不太理想。 ) ; 反之, 若仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且 该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则终止整个流程 (需要说 明的是, 此时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 理由同上) ;
5 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该第一电子设备以双方电子设备的充电状态信息为起始判 断条件。 若双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态, 则结束整个流程; 若双 方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 则该第一电子设备再根据双方电子 设备的输出功率信息与剩余电量信息确定双方电子设备中输出功率更大 的且剩余电量值大于或等于电量阈值 (即第一电量阈值或者第二电量阈 值) 的电子设备为充电方; 若仅有该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定该第一电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备时确定该第一电子设备作为充电方; 若仅有该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定该 第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时确定该第二电子设备作为充 电方。 示例地, 该第一电子设备以双方电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判 断条件。 若该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方 电子设备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第一电子设备的剩余 电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在该第一电子设备的处于接 收电力状态且该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第一电子 设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备处于接 收电力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第一 电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明 的是, 此时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的 话, 充电效果可能不太理想) ;
3 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方电子 设备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备的剩余 电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 或者, 在该第二电子设备的处于接 收电力状态且该第一电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子 设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该第一电子设备处于接 收电力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二 电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明 的是, 此时也可以确定该第一电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的 话, 充电效果可能不太理想) ;
3 )在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该第 一电子设备与该第二电子设备是输出功率相当 (即双方的输出功率等级 相同, 或者双方的输出功率值之差的绝对值小于功率差阈值时) 的电子 设备, 则终止整个流程。 若该双方电子设备的输出功率相当, 即双方电子设备的输出功率等 级相同和 /或双方电子设备的输出功率之差的绝对值小于预设功率差阈 值, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息 和 /或剩余电量信息确定由第一电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方, 具 体判断方法同该示例的上述两种情况, 这里不再赘述。 示例地, 该第一电子设备以双方电子设备的剩余电量信息为起始判 断条件。 若该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电 子设备的输出功率信息与充电状态信息确定:
时, 确定该双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备为充电方;
2 ) 在输出功率更大的电子设备的对端电子设备处于接收电力状态 时, 终止整个流程。 若该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设 备的剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率 信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备在自身处于接收电力状 态且对端电子设备未处于接收电力状态时为充电方;
2 )在输出功率更大的电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 或者在输出 功率更大的电子设备的对端设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二 电子设备的剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输 出功率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方; 3 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第二电子设 备未处于接收电力状态或者该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止 整个流程。 若该第一电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设 备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输 出功率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该第一电子 设备处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第一电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第一电子设备 处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第一电子设 备未处于接收电力状态或者该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止 整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该第一电子 双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的 剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。
S 1 02、若确定充电方为该第一电子设备,开启该第一电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电子设备充电; 若充电方为该第二电子 设备, 则该第一电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电。 具体地, 已经被确定为充电方的电子设备开启自身的 NFC无线充电 服务以准备为对端电子设备提供充电服务。 需要说明的是, 现有的 NFC无线充电流程包含 NFC无线充电控制阶 段与 NFC无线电能传输阶段, 则在充电方电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服 务后, 充电方电子设备通过 NFC通信开始 NFC无线充电流程, 通过 NFC 无线充电控制阶段与待充电电子设备交互验证信息、 技术信息等以选择 NFC无线充电方式或者其他无线充电方式,然后通过 NFC无线充电电能传 输阶段对待充电电子设备进行充电。 另外, 上述的其他无线充电方式包含但不限于目前三大无线充电联 盟 WPC ( Wireless Power Consortium) 、 PMA ( Power Matters Alliance) 和 A4WP ( Alliance for Wireless Power ) 分别制定的无线充电技术。 釆用上述方法, 第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该第 一电子设备还是第二电子设备, 并在确定充电方为该第一电子设备时, 开启该第一电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 在确定充电方为该第二电子 设备时, 该第一电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务。 这样, 当该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内 时, 双方电子设备可根据该充电参考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方 的 NFC 无线充电服务, 充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进 行充电, 避免了因用户主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
本发明实施例提供一种开启 NFC无线充电服务的方法,如图 2所示, 包括:
S201、 第二电子设备接收该第 ―电子设备在确定该第二电子设备为 充电方时发送的通知, 并根据该通知开启该第二电子设备的 NFC 无线充 电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电; 或者, 该第二电子设备接收该 第 ―电子设备在确定该第一电子设备作充电方时发送的充电控制消息, 以通知该第二电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 可选地, 在该第二电子设备接收该通知或者该充电控制消息之前, 该第二电子设备向该第一电子设备发送该第二电子设备的充电状态信 息、 该第二电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息 中的至少一个信息; 或该第二电子设备接收该第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据该第 ―电子设备的请求消息向该第一电子设备发送该第二电子设 备的充电状态信息、 该第二电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二电子设备 的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息。 需要说明的是, 结合上一实施例, 该第一电子设备根据充电参考信 息确定充电方是该第一电子设备还是该第二电子设备, 其中, 该充电参 考信息包括该第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第二电子设备的输出功 率信息和该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息。 具体地, 该第一电子设备在根据该充电参考消息确定该第二电子设 备为充电方时, 向该第二电子设备发送该通知, 以便该第二电子设备根 据该通知开启该第二电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务, 该第二电子设备在 开启 NFC 无线充电服务后, 向该第一电子设备发送充电控制消息, 进入 NFC无线充电控制阶段,该第二电子设备通过 NFC无线充电控制阶段与该 第一电子设备交互验证信息、 技术信息等以选择 NFC 无线充电方式或者 其他无线充电方式, 然后通过 NFC 无线充电电能传输阶段对该第一电子 设备进行充电; 该第一电子设备在根据该充电参考消息确定该第一电子 设备为充电方时, 该第一电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 该第二电子 设备接收该第一电子设备发送的充电控制消息并根据该充电控制消息进 行响应, 进入 NFC无线充电控制阶段。 需要说明的是, 双方电子设备也可以通过 NFC无线充电控制阶段的 电联盟 WPC( Wi re l es s Power Cons or t ium )、 PMA( Power Ma t ter s A l l i ance ) 和 A4WP ( A l l i ance for Wi re l es s Power ) 分别制定的无线充电技术等。 釆用上述方法, 第二电子设备接收该第一电子设备在确定该第二电 子设备为充电方时发送的通知,并根据该通知开启该第二电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电; 或者, 该第二电子设备 接收该第一电子设备在确定该第一电子设备作充电方时发送的充电控制 消息, 以通知该第二电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 这样, 当该第一 电子设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子设 备可根据该充电参考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC 无线充电 服务, 充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了 因用户主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
本发明实施例提供另一种开启 NFC无线充电的方法, 如图 3所示, 在本实施例中, 充电参考信息包括双方电子设备的充电状态信息, 双方电子设备的输出功率信息和该第一电子设备的剩余电量信息。 另外, 为了方便描述, 以下步骤是以第一电子设备为充电方进 行说明的, 该方法包括:
S 30 K 第一电子设备向第二电子设备发送输出功率请求消息, 并接 收该第二电子设备根据该输出功率请求消息发送的输出功率响应消息。 具体地, 该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备在处于 NFC通信范围内 且双方电子设备间无 NFC 通信的时间达到预设时间阈值时, 该第一电子 设备向该第二电子设备发送输出功率请求消息。 其中, 该第一电子设备 发送输出功率请求消息用于获知该第二电子设备的输出功率信息。 需要说明的是, 本实施例是以该第一电子设备为本次 NFC通信的发 起方为例进行说明的。 其实, 该第二电子设备也可以是本次 NFC 通信的 发起方, 那么, 此时该输出功率请求消息应该由该第二电子设备发送给 该第一电子设备, 而且后面的判断也应该由该第二电子设备来完成。
S 302、 该第一电子设备根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定该第 一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备。
具体地, 步骤 S 302有两种实现方式: 方式一、 该输出功率信息包括输出功率值。 具体地, 该第一电子设备根据该第二电子设备发送的输出功率响应 消息得到该第二电子设备的输出功率值, 若该第一电子设备的输出功率 值与该第二电子设备的输出功率值之差的绝对值大于预设功率差阈值且 该第一电子设备的输出功率值大于该第二电子设备的输出功率值, 则确 定该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备。 若该第一电子设备的输出功率值与该第二电子设备的输出功率值之 差的绝对值小于该第二预设功率差阈值, 则该第一电子设备与该第二电 子设备都不能作为充电方, 此时, 可终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 该第一电子设备通过接收该第二电子设备发送的输 出功率响应消息获取到该第二电子设备的输出功率信息, 该第二电子设 备的输出功率信息可以是该第二电子设备的输出功率值, 或者是该第二 电子设备的输出电流值与输出电压值, 还可以是该第二电子设备的输出 功率值, 以及输出电流值和 /或输出电压值, 也就是说, 该第一电子设备 通过该输出功率信息能直接或间接得到该第二电子设备的输出功率值。 示例地, 该第一电子设备的输出功率值为 PQl , 第二电子设备的输出 功率值为 P。2, 该输出功率差阈值为 Δ Ρ。, 则该第一电子设备在向该第二电 子设备发送输出功率请求消息后, 接收该第二电子设备根据该输出功率 请求消息发送的输出功率响应消息, 其中, 该输出功率响应消息携带该 第二电子设备的输出功率值 Ρ。2 , 则该第一电子设备确定该第一电子设备 与该第二电子设备的输出功率值之差的绝对值为 I Ρ。「Ρ。21 , 对于输出功率 差阈值△ Ρ。, 若该第一电子设备确定该输出功率值之值的绝对值 I Pol-P o2 I 大于该输出功率差阈值 Δ Ρ。且 Ρ。 Ρο2 , 则该第一电子设备确定自身为输 出功率更大的电子设备。 方式二、 该输出功率信息为输出功率等级。 需要说明的是, 对于电子设备的输出功率划分, 可以分为高 /中 /低 三个等级, 如输出功率小于等于 5w的电子设备的设备功率等级为低, 输 出功率大于 5w小于等于 20w的电子设备的设备功率等级为中, 输出功率 大于 20w的电子设备的设备功率等级为高。 具体地, 该第一电子设备根据该第二电子设备的输出功率响应消息 得到该第二电子设备的输出功率等级, 若该第一电子设备的输出功率等 级高于该第二电子设备的输出功率等级, 则确定该第一电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备。 示例地, 该第一电子设备的输出功率等级为中, 该第二电子设备的 输出功率等级为低, 则该第一电子设备在向该第二电子设备发送输出功 率请求消息后, 接收该第二电子设备根据该输出功率请求消息发送的输 出功率响应消息, 其中, 该输出功率响应消息携带该第二电子设备的输 出功率等级, 若该第一电子设备根据该输出功率响应消息确定该第一电 子设备的输出功率等级高于该第二电子设备的输出功率等级, 则该第一 电子设备确定自身为输出功率更大的电子设备。 需要说明的是, 该第一电子设备在确定该第二电子设备的输出功率 等级与该第一电子设备的输出功率等级相同时, 可以根据双方电子设备 的输出功率值确定该第一电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 具体可 参考上述方式一中的描述。
S 303、 该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送充电状态请求消息, 并接收该第二电子设备根据该充电状态请求消息发送的充电状态响应消 息。 其中, 该充电状态响应消息包括充电状态信息, 该第一电子设备根 据该充电状态信息能够确定该第二电子设备是否处于接收电力状态。
5304、 该第一电子设备根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定该第 一电子设备与该第二电子设备是否都未处于接收电力的状态。 若是, 则执行步骤 S 305 , 若否, 则执行步骤 S 306。
5305、 该第一电子设备确定该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等 于第一电量阈值。 其中, 该第一电量阈值是该第一电子设备根据自身电池总容量等参 数预先设置的。 具体地, 该第一电子设备通过自身的剩余电量信息确定自身当前的 剩余电量值, 并判断该剩余电量值与该第一电量阈值的大小。 其中, 该 第一电子设备在确定该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于该第一电 量阈值时, 该第一电子设备还可以提示用户第一电子设备可以为该第二 电子设备具体充入多少电量。 例如, 该第一电子设备在开启 NFC 无线充 电功能之前, 可以通过屏幕显示或者语音提示 "可为该电子设备充入 XXmAh的电量" , 这里只是举例说明, 具体提示用户的方式本发明不作限 定。 在本发明的另一种可能的实现方式中, 该第一电量阈值还可以由该 第一电子设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定。 示例地, 该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求, 并 接收该第二电子设备根据该电池信息请求发送的电池信息响应, 其中, 该电池信息请求用于获知该第二电子设备电池的剩余电量信息, 则该第 一电子设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定该第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 该剩余电量信息包括剩余电量值和 /或电池总容量, 和 /或, 剩余电量百分比与电池总容量, 该剩余电量信息还可以包括充电 需求指示和 /或其他如最大或额度放电电流等相关参数。 示例地, 该第一电子设备剩余电量值为 500mAh , 影响设备正常使用 的最低电量值为 300mAh , 若该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池 信息请求后, 根据该第二电子设备发送的电池信息响应确定该第二电子 设备的电池总容量为 150mAh , 其剩余电量值为 l OmAh , 则该第一电子设 备可设置能对该第二电子设备充电的第一电量阈值, 例如, 400mAh; 若 该第一电子设备确定该第二电子设备的电池总容量为 2000mAh ,其剩余电 量值 l OOmAh , 其最大放电电流为 2A , 则对其充入 200mAh的电量后, 其 预计正常使用时间约为 10分钟, 那么, 第一电子设备可能针对第二电子 设备设置 500mAh的第一电量阈值。 进一步地, 该第一电子设备在确定该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大 于第一电量阈值后, 执行步骤 S 307。
S 306、该第一电子设备确定只有该第一电子设备处于接收电力状态。 具体地, 该第一电子设备的充电状态信息指示该第一电子设备处于 接收电力的状态, 该第二电子设备的充电状态信息指示该第二电子设备 未处于接收电力的状态。
S 307、 该第一电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电 子设备充电。 需要说明的是, 在第一电子设备开启该 NFC无线充电服务后, 还可 以提示用户无线充电已经开启, 当然还可以添加用户确认的提示, 例如, 该第一电子设备在开启该 NFC无线充电服务后,通过屏幕或语音提示 "已 开启 NFC无线充电服务" , 或者 "是否同意开启 NFC无线充电服务" , 并设置选项 "确认" 和 "取消" , 这里只是举例说明, 具体提示用户的 方式, 本发明不作限定。 需要说明的是, 本实施例中该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送 的输出功率请求消息、 充电状态请求消息以及可能需要的电池请求消息, 他方式进行发送, 例如, 通过一条请求消息向该第二电子设备请求输出 功率信息、 充电状态信息, 和 /或剩余电量信息, 当然还可以通过两条请 求消息获取所有所需信息, 这里不再——叙述。 这样, 当该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC通信的有效范 围内时, 该第一电子设备根据充电参考信息在确定作充电方后自动开启 NFC无线充电服务,充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为第二电子设备进行充 电, 避免了因用户主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。 需要说明的是, 对于上述方法实施例, 为了简单描述, 故将其 都表述为一系列的动作组合, 但是本领域技术人员应该知悉, 本发 明并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制, 其次, 本领域技术人员也应该 知悉, 说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例, 所涉及的动作 和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。
本发明实施例提供另一种开启 NF C无线充电服务的方法,如图 4所示, 在本实施例中, 充电参考信息包括双方电子设备的充电状 态信息,第一电子设备的输出功率信息和双方电子设备的剩余电量 信息。 另外, 为了方便描述, 以下步骤是以第一电子设备为充电方进 行说明的, 该方法包括:
S 4 0 1、 第一电子设备向第二电子设备发送充电状态请求消息, 并接收该第二电子设备根据该充电状态请求消息发送的充电状态 响应消息。 其中, 该充电状态请求消息用于获取该第二电子设备当前的充电状 态信息。 该第一电子设备根据该充电状态信息能够确定该第二电子设备 是否处于接收电力状态。 具体地, 该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备在处于 NFC通信范围内 且双方电子设备间无 NFC 通信的时间达到预设时间阈值时, 该第一电子 设备获取自身的输出功率信息, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率值, 则该第一电子设备在确定该输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值时, 向 第二电子设备发送充电状态请求消息, 其中, 该预设功率阈值是根 据实际情况提前设置的门限值; 该输出功率信息还可以包括输出功率等 级, 则该第一电子设备在确定该输出功率等级高于预设功率等级时, 向 第二电子设备发送充电状态请求消息, 其中, 该预设功率等级是根 据实际情况提前设置的门限级别。 需要说明的是, 若第二电子设备的输出功率值也大于或等于输出功 率阈值, 则该第二电子设备可能也会向该第一电子设备发送充电状态请 求消息, 这样, 若该第一电子设备收到该第二电子设备发送的充电状态 请求消息, 则该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送输出功率请求消息, 或者接收该第二电子设备发送的输出功率请求消息, 并最终通过双方电 子设备的输出功率等级或者输出功率值确定是由该第一电子设备还是该 第二电子设备作充电方,具体可参考上一实施例中的步骤 301至步骤 30 3 对应的描述。 其中, 由第一电子设备向第二电子设备还是由第二电子设备向第一 电子设备发送输出功率请求消息, 双方可以通过在各自的充电状态请求 消息中各自设置一个随机数, 然后比较这两个随机数进行判断, 例如, 若第一电子设备发出的充电状态请求消息中的随机数大于第二电子设备 的随机数, 则由第一电子设备发送输出功率请求消息。 示例地, 该预设功率阈值为 P。, 该第一电子设备的输出功率值为 P。l 该第二电子设备的输出功率值为 P。2, 其中, PQl大于 P。且 P。2大于 P。, 则该第 一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送第一充电状态请求消息, 并接收该第 二电子设备发送的第二充电状态请求消息, 其中, 该第一充电状态请求 消息里包括随机数 Ri , 该第二充电状态请求消息包括随机数 R2 , 若该第一 电子设备确定该随机数 大于该随机数 R2 , 则该第一电子设备向该第二电 子设备发送输出功率请求消息;若该第一电子设备确定该随机数 小于该 随机数 R2,则该第一电子设备接收该第二电子设备发送的输出功率请求消 息。
S 4 02、 该第一电子设备根据该第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定 该第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态。 其中, 该接收电力的方式可以是有线或者无线的。 需要说明的是, 若第一电子设备根据该充电状态信息确定该第二 电子设备处于接收电力的状态, 则结束整个开启 NFC 无线充电服务的流 程。
S 4 0 3、 该第一电子设备根据该第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定 该第一电子设备是否处于接收电力的状态。 若该第一电子设备当前未处于接收电力的状态, 则执行步骤 S 4 04 至步骤 S 4 06 ; 若该第一电子设备当前处于接收电力的状态, 则执行步骤 S 4 07。
S404、 该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求, 并接 收该第二电子设备根据该电池信息请求发送的电池信息响应。 需要说明的是, 本步骤是可选的。 其中, 该电池信息响应包括该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 5405、 该第一电子设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定第一 电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 本步骤是可选的, 且同上述步骤 S404—致, 即若无 步骤 S404 , 则无步骤 S405 ; 若有步骤 S4 04 , 则有步骤 S 405。 需要说明的是, 该剩余电量信息包括剩余电量值和 /或电池总容量, 和 /或, 剩余电量百分比与电池总容量, 该剩余电量信息还可以包括充电 需求指示和 /或其他如最大或额度放电电流等相关参数。 示例地, 该第一电子设备剩余电量值为 5 00mAh , 影响设备正常使用 的最低电量值为 300mAh , 若该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池 信息请求后, 根据该第二电子设备发送的电池信息响应确定该第二电子 设备的电池总容量为 1 50mAh , 其剩余电量值为 l OmAh , 则该第一电子设 备可设置能对该第二电子设备充电的第一电量阈值, 例如, 4 00mAh; 若 该第一电子设备确定该第二电子设备的电池总容量为 2000mAh ,其剩余电 量值 l O OmAh , 其最大放电电流为 2A , 则对其充入 200mAh的电量后, 其 预计正常使用时间约为 1 0分钟, 那么, 第一电子设备可能针对第二电子 设备设置 500mAh的第一电量阈值。
5406、 该第一电子设备确定该第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等 于该第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 该第一电量阈值也可以根据该第一电子设备的电池 总容量等参数预先设置, 则该第一电子设备根据该充电状态响应消息确 定该第二电子设备处于未充电状态, 并且该第一电子设备当前也处于未 充电状态时, 该第一电子设备可以直接确定该第一电子设备的剩余电量 值是否高于该预设的电量阈值, 该步骤如图 4中的虚线所示。
5407、 该第一电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电 子设备充电。 需要说明的是, 在第一电子设备开启该 NFC无线充电服务后, 还可 以提示用户无线充电服务已经开启, 当然还可以添加用户确认的提示, 例如, 该第一电子设备在开启该 NFC 无线充电服务后, 通过屏幕显示或 语音提示用户 "已开启 NFC 无线充电服务" , 或者 "是否同意开启 NFC 无线充电服务" , 并设置选项 "确认" 和 "取消" , 这里只是举例说明, 具体提示用户的方式, 本发明不作限定。 需要说明的是, 本实施例中该第一电子设备向该第二电子设备发送 的输出功率请求消息、 充电状态请求消息以及可能需要的电池请求消息 的发送方式, 同图 3所对应的实施例中所述的方式一样, 这里不再赘述。 这样, 当该第一电子设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC通信的有效范 围内时, 该第一电子设备根据充电参考信息在确定作充电方后自动开启 NFC无线充电服务,充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为第二电子设备进行充 电, 避免了因用户主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。 需要说明的是, 对于上述方法实施例, 为了简单描述, 故将其 都表述为一系列的动作组合, 但是本领域技术人员应该知悉, 本发 明并不受所描述的动作顺序的限制, 其次, 本领域技术人员也应该 知悉, 说明书中所描述的实施例均属于优选实施例, 所涉及的动作 和模块并不一定是本发明所必须的。
本发明实施例提供一种电子设备 5 0 , 如图 5 所示, 该电子设备 5 0 包括:
处理器 (processor ) 5 1、 NFC无线充电控制器 52、 收发器 53和通 信总线 54 ; 其中, 所述处理器 5 1、 所述 NFC无线充电控制器 52和所述 收发器 53通过所述通信总线 54完成相互间的通信。
处理器 5 1 可能是一个多核中央处理器 CPU , 或者是特定集成电路 ASIC ( Application Specific Integrated Circuit ) , 或者是被配置成实施本 发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。 所述处理器 5 1用于, 根据充电参考信息确定该电子设备为充电方, 还是第二电子设备为充电方; 若确定该电子设备为充电方, 则控制 NFC 无线充电控制器 52开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电子设备充 电; 若确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 则控制收发器 5 3向该第二电子设 备发送通知。 该 NFC无线充电控制器 52用于, 根据处理器 5 1 的控制, 开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电子设备充电。 该收发器 5 3用于, 根据处理器 5 1 的控制, 向该第二电子设备发送 该通知,以使该第二电子设备根据所述通知开启所述第二电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 准备为该电子设备充电。 可选地, 该处理器 5 1还用于, 在根据该充电参考信息确定该电子设 备为充电方还是该第二电子设备为充电方之前, 确定与该第二电子设备 保持在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的 时间超过预设时间阈值。 该充电参考信息包括的信息不同,该处理器 5 1确定该电子设备为充 电方还是该第二电子设备为充电方的方式也不同, 具体包括: 方式一、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息和第二电 子设备的充电状态信息。 则电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于接收 电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处于接 收电力的状态时, 可以随机确定该电子设备或第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取该电子设备、 该第二电子设备的 输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息等判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充 电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于接收电 力的状态时, 终止整个流程。 具体地, 该充电状态信息包括充电标识, 用于表示对应的电子设备 是否处于接收电力的状态, 则在一方电子设备处于接收电力状态, 另一 方电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 该电子设备确定处于接收电力的电 子设备为充电方, 并开启该充电方的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为对端 电子设备充电; 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态时, 该电子设备 可以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通 过获取该电子设备、 该第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息等 判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现 方式) ; 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 方式二、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率小于预设功率阈值时, 可以确定该第二 电子设备为充电方, 还可以通过获取该第二电子设备的输出功率和 /或双 方的充电状态信息和 /或双方的剩余电量信息来判断由电子设备还是第 二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率值, 则该预设功率阈值 是根据实际情况提前设置的门限值; 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率 等级, 则该预设功率等级是根据实际情况提前设置的门限级别。 例如, 在该电子设备在输出功率足够大 (如电子设备为高功率设备) 时, 可以 默认该电子设备为充电方。 方式三、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时, 确定该电子设备为 充电方; 2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更下的电子设备时, 确定该第二电 子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备与第二电子设备为输出功率相当的电子设备时, 可 以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过 获取双方电子设备的充电状态信息和 /或电子设备或双方电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后 面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率等级,例如高、 中、 低三 个等级, 此时, 该电子设备通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率等级确定 输出功率更大的电子设备, 并将输出功率更大的电子设备确定为充电方, 例如双方电子设备的输出功率等级至少相差一个级别时, 等级大的电子 设备就是输出功率更大的电子设备; 该输出功率信息也可以包括输出功 率值, 此时, 该电子设备在确定双方电子设备的输出功率值之差大于预 设功率差阈值时, 将输出功率值更大的电子设备确定为充电方, 例如该 电子设备、 该第二电子设备的输出功率值分别为 Pl、 P2 , 预设功率差阈 值为 Δ Ρ , 则若 P 1 >P2 且 | Ρ1-Ρ2 | > Δ Ρ , 则电子设备为输出功率更大的电 子设备。 需要说明的是, 该输出功率信息可以同时包括输出功率等级和输出 功率值, 则当双方电子设备的输出功率等级相同时, 该电子设备可以釆 用前面所述方法通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率值之差与预设功率差 阈值的大小来确定输出功率更大的电子设备。 另外, 该电子设备可以通 过获取输出电流和输出电压间接获取该输出功率值。 方式四、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子 设备的充电状态信息和 /或该第二电子设备的充电状态信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备处于接收电力状态 和 /或该第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第二电子设备处于接收电力 的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 可以 确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程, 还可以通过获取第二 电子设备的输出功率信息和 /或双方电子设备的剩余电量信息来判断由 电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确 定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息、 预设功 率阈值、 预设功率等级的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据该输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以 先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断 顺序不作限定。 方式五、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息, 该电子设备的充电状态信息和该第二电子设 备的充电状态信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备未处 于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备处于 接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备未处 于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备处于 接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流 程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息的作用与 上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 该输出功率更大的电子设 备的判断方法, 可参考上述方式三中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以 先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断 顺序不作限定。 方式六、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息, 该第二 电子设备的充电状态信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该第二 电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该电子设备处 于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 流程;
4 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该电子设备未 处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程。 具体地, 该第一电量阈值可以是预设的电量阈值, 或者该电子设备 获取该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息并根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信 息设定的电量阈值。 示例地, 该电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求, 并接收 该第二电子设备根据该电池信息请求发送的电池信息响应, 其中, 该电 池信息请求用于获知该第二电子设备电池的剩余电量信息, 则该电子设 备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定该第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 该剩余电量信息包括剩余电量值和 /或电池总容量, 和 /或, 剩余电量百分比与电池总容量, 该剩余电量信息还可以包括充电 需求指示和 /或其他如最大或额度放电电流等相关参数。 示例地, 该电子设备剩余电量值为 500mAh , 影响设备正常使用的最 低电量值为 300mAh , 若该电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求 后, 根据该第二电子设备发送的电池信息响应确定该第二电子设备的电 池总容量为 1 5 0mAh , 其剩余电量值为 l OmAh , 则该电子设备可设置能对 该第二电子设备充电的第一电量阈值, 例如, 400mAh ; 若该电子设备确 定该第二电子设备的电池总容量为 2000mAh , 其剩余电量值 l O OmAh , 其 最大放电电流为 2A , 则对其充入 200mAh的电量后, 其预计正常使用时间 约为 1 0分钟, 那么, 电子设备可能针对第二电子设备设置 5 00mAh的第 一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实 现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据电子设备的 剩余电量信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进 行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式七、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子 设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于 或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于 第一电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 余电量和 /或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由电子设备还是第 二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电 量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可 以通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量和 / 或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备 作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值 时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以 通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量和 /或 第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作 充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 预设功率阈值、 预设功 率等级、 剩余电量信息、 第一电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其 他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据电 子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据电子设备的剩余电量信 息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式八、 该充电参考信息包括该第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量小于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方; 3 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量小于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见 其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量大于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见 其他相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行 判断, 也可以先根据电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信 息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式九、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的剩余电量信息和该第二电子设 备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电 方;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量小于第 二电量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子 设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第二电 量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子 设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
5 )其他情况下, 可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状 态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他 相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方 电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限 定。 方式十、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第二 电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的 剩余电量信息和 /或该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力 状态, 且电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子 设备的剩余电量小于第二电量阈值时, 确定电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力 状态, 且电子设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的 剩余电量大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有电子设备处于接收电力状 态时, 确定电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有第二电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
5 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且电子 设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电 量小于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 流程;
6 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且电子 设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量大于 或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程;
7 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定 电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
8 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以 确定电子设备为充电方, 也可在终止整个流程;
9 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电量状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该电子设备以电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判断条件。 若该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 则再根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息 和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备的剩余电量 值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力 状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程(需 要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果 开始充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想) 。 若该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率等 级低于预设功率等级, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电子设 备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备的剩余电 量值小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程;
3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值小 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流 程;
4 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为 充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
5 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该电子设 备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 也可以先根据电子 设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的剩余电量 信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式十一、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第 二电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第二电子 设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的剩余电量信息和 /或该第二电子设备 的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功 率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈 值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若双方电子设备均未处于接收 电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定该第二电子设备为 充电方;
2 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备时, 确定该电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若仅该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功 率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时若第二电子设备的剩余电量大于或 等于第二电量阈值, 也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如 果充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想。 ) ; 反之, 若双方电子设备均未 处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需 要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 理由同上) ;
4 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时也可以确 定该电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理 想。 ) ; 反之, 若仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设 备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时 也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 理由同上) ;
5 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的充电状态信息为起始判断条 件。 若双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态, 则结束整个流程; 若双方电 子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 则该电子设备再根据双方电子设备的输 出功率信息与剩余电量信息确定双方电子设备中输出功率更大的且剩余 电量值大于或等于电量阈值 (即第一电量阈值或者第二电量阈值) 的电 子设备为充电方; 若仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方 电子设备的输出功率信息确定该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时 确定该电子设备作为充电方; 若仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定该第二电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备时确定该第二电子设备作为充电方。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判断条 件。 若该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方电子设备 的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备的剩余电量 值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在该电子设备的处于接收电力状 态且该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备 的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此 时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电 效果可能不太理想) ;
3 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方电子 设备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备的剩余 电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 或者, 在该第二电子设备的处于接 收电力状态且该电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备 为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程(需要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电效 果可能不太理想) ;
3 )在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该电 子设备与该第二电子设备是输出功率相当 (即双方的输出功率等级相同, 或者双方的输出功率值之差的绝对值小于功率差阈值时) 的电子设备, 则终止整个流程。 若该双方电子设备的输出功率相当, 即双方电子设备的输出功率等 级相同和 /或双方电子设备的输出功率之差的绝对值小于预设功率差阈 值, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息 和 /或剩余电量信息确定由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方, 具体判 断方法同该示例的上述两种情况, 这里不再赘述。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的剩余电量信息为起始判断条 件。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的 输出功率信息与充电状态信息确定: 接收电力状态 时, 确定该双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备为充电方;
2 ) 在输出功率更大的电子设备的对端电子设备处于接收电力状态 时, 终止整个流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的 剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息 与充电状态信息确定:
1 )双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备在自身处于接收电力状 态且对端电子设备未处于接收电力状态时为充电方;
2 )在输出功率更大的电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 或者在输出 功率更大的电子设备的对端设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功 率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备未处 于接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第二电子设 备未处于接收电力状态或者该电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个 流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的 剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功 率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备未处 于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备未处于 接收电力状态或者该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方 电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的剩余 电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 进一步地, 已经被确定为充电方的电子设备开启自身的 NFC无线充 电服务以准备为对端电子设备提供充电服务。 需要说明的是, 现有的 NFC无线充电流程包含 NFC无线充电控制阶 段与 NFC无线电能传输阶段, 则在充电方电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服 务后, 充电方电子设备通过 NFC通信开始 NFC无线充电流程, 通过 NFC 无线充电控制阶段与待充电电子设备交互验证信息、 技术信息等以选择 NFC无线充电方式或者其他无线充电方式,然后通过 NFC无线充电电能传 输阶段对待充电电子设备进行充电。 另外, 上述的其他无线充电方式包含但不限于目前三大无线充电联 盟 WPC ( Wireless Power Consortium) 、 PMA ( Power Matters Alliance) 和 A4WP ( Alliance for Wireless Power ) 分别制定的无线充电技术。 釆用上述电子设备, 该电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该 电子设备还是第二电子设备, 并在确定充电方为该电子设备时, 开启该 电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 在确定充电方为该第二电子设备时, 该 电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务。 这样, 当该电子 设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子设备可 根据该充电参考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC无线充电服务, 充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了因用户 主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
本发明实施例提供另一种电子设备 6 0 , 如图 6所示, 该电子设备 6 0 包括:
处理器 (processor ) 61、 NFC无线充电控制器 62、 收发器 63和通 信总线 64; 其中, 所述处理器 61、 所述 NFC无线充电控制器 62和所述 收发器 63通过所述通信总线 64完成相互间的通信。
处理器 61 可能是一个多核中央处理器 CPU, 或者是特定集成电路 ASIC ( Application Specific Integrated Circuit ) , 或者是被配置成实施本 发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。 该收发器 6 3 , 用于接收第一电子设备在确定该电子设备为充电方时 发送的通知;该处理器 6 1 ,用于根据该通知控制 NFC无线充电控制 62器, 以开启该电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务; 该 NFC无线充电控制器 6 2 , 用 于根据该处理器的控制开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设 备充电。 或者, 该收发器 6 3 , 用于接收该第一电子设备在确定该第一电子设 备为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 该处理器 6 1 , 用于根据该充电控制 消息通知该电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 需要说明的是, 在具体实现中, 该 NFC无线充电控制器 62可以作为 单独的模块与该处理器 6 1分开设立, 也可以作为该处理器 6 1的一部分, 集成在该处理器 6 1 内部。 可选地, 该收发器 6 3还用于, 在接收该通知或者接受该充电控制消 息之前, 向该第一电子设备发送该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设 备的输出功率信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息; 或 接收该第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据该第一电子设备的请求消 , 向 该第一电子设备发送该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功 率信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息。 可选地, 该处理器 6 1还用于, 在该收发器 6 3向该第一电子设备发 送该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子设 备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息之前, 确定与该第一电子设备保持 在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间 超过预设的时间阈值。 所属本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简 洁, 上述描述的电子设备的具体工作过程和描述, 可以参考前述方 法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。 釆用上述电子设备, 该电子设备接收该第一电子设备在确定该电子 设备为充电方时发送的通知, 并根据该通知开启该电子设备的 NFC 无线 充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电; 或者, 该电子设备接收该第 一电子设备在确定该第一电子设备作充电方时发送的充电控制消息, 以 通知该电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 这样, 当该第一电子设备与该 电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子设备可根据该充电参 考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC 无线充电服务, 充分利用了 更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了因用户主动操作引 起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
本发明实施例提供另一种电子设备 7 0 , 如图 7所示, 该电子设备 7 0 包括: 处理单元 7 1 , 用于根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该电子设备还是 第二电子设备,并在确定充电方为该电子设备时, 开启该电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为该第二电子设备充电。 发送单元 72 , 在该处理单元 7 1 确定充电方为该第二电子设备时, 通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为该电子设备充电。 需要说明的是, 该电子设备可以为手机, 平板电脑, 笔记本电脑等, 该第二电子设备可以为蓝牙耳机, 计步器, 手机等, 并且该电子设备与 该第二电子设备都具有 NFC通信功能。 可选地, 该处理单元 71还用于, 在根据充电参考信息确定充电方是 该电子设备还是第二电子设备之前, 确定与该第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预 设的时间阈值。 另外, 该充电参考信息包括该第二电子设备主动发送给电子设备的 信息或者该第二电子设备根据该电子设备的请求消息发送至该电子设备 的信息。 其中, 该电子设备可以多次发送请求消息获取该充电参考信息, 也可以一次性获取, 本发明对此不作限定。 该充电参考信息包括的信息不同,该处理单元 71确定该电子设备为 充电方还是该第二电子设备为充电方的方式也不同, 具体包括: 方式一、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息和第二电 子设备的充电状态信息。 则电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于接收 电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备未处于接 收电力的状态时, 可以随机确定该电子设备或第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取该电子设备、 该第二电子设备的 输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息等判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充 电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) ; 4 )在该电子设备处于接收电力的状态且该第二电子设备处于接收电 力的状态时, 终止整个流程。 具体地, 该充电状态信息包括充电标识, 用于表示对应的电子设备 是否处于接收电力的状态, 则在一方电子设备处于接收电力状态, 另一 方电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 该电子设备确定处于接收电力的电 子设备为充电方, 并开启该充电方的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为对端 电子设备充电; 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态时, 该电子设备 可以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通 过获取该电子设备、 该第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息等 判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现 方式) ; 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 方式二、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率小于预设功率阈值时, 可以确定该第二 电子设备为充电方, 还可以通过获取该第二电子设备的输出功率和 /或双 方的充电状态信息和 /或双方的剩余电量信息来判断由电子设备还是第 二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率值, 则该预设功率阈值 是根据实际情况提前设置的门限值; 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率 等级, 则该预设功率等级是根据实际情况提前设置的门限级别。 例如, 在该电子设备在输出功率足够大 (如电子设备为高功率设备) 时, 可以 默认该电子设备为充电方。 方式三、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断: 1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时, 确定该电子设备为 充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更下的电子设备时, 确定该第二电 子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备与第二电子设备为输出功率相当的电子设备时, 可 以随机确定一方电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过 获取双方电子设备的充电状态信息和 /或电子设备或双方电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见后 面相关的实现方式) 。 具体地, 该输出功率信息可以包括输出功率等级,例如高、 中、 低三 个等级, 此时, 该电子设备通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率等级确定 输出功率更大的电子设备, 并将输出功率更大的电子设备确定为充电方, 例如双方电子设备的输出功率等级至少相差一个级别时, 等级大的电子 设备就是输出功率更大的电子设备; 该输出功率信息也可以包括输出功 率值, 此时, 该电子设备在确定双方电子设备的输出功率值之差大于预 设功率差阈值时, 将输出功率值更大的电子设备确定为充电方, 例如该 电子设备、 该第二电子设备的输出功率值分别为 Pl、 P2 , 预设功率差阈 值为 Δ Ρ , 则若 P 1 >P2 且 | Ρ1-Ρ2 | > Δ Ρ , 则电子设备为输出功率更大的电 子设备。 需要说明的是, 该输出功率信息可以同时包括输出功率等级和输出 功率值, 则当双方电子设备的输出功率等级相同时, 该电子设备可以釆 用前面所述方法通过比较双方电子设备的输出功率值之差与预设功率差 阈值的大小来确定输出功率更大的电子设备。 另外, 该电子设备可以通 过获取输出电流和输出电压间接获取该输出功率值。 方式四、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子 设备的充电状态信息和 /或该第二电子设备的充电状态信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备处于接收电力状态 和 /或该第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电 方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该第二电子设备处于接收电力 的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 可以 确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程, 还可以通过获取第二 电子设备的输出功率信息和 /或双方电子设备的剩余电量信息来判断由 电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确 定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息、 预设功 率阈值、 预设功率等级的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据该输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以 先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断 顺序不作限定。 方式五、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息, 该电子设备的充电状态信息和该第二电子设 备的充电状态信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备未处 于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备处于 接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备未处 于接收电力的状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备处于 接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流 程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息、 输出功率信息的作用与 上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 该输出功率更大的电子设 备的判断方法, 可参考上述方式三中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以 先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断 顺序不作限定。 方式六、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息, 该第二 电子设备的充电状态信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 且该第二 电子设备处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该电子设备处 于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 流程;
4 )在该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值, 且该电子设备未 处于接收电力的状态时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终 止整个流程。 具体地, 该第一电量阈值可以是预设的电量阈值, 或者该电子设备 获取该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息并根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信 息设定的电量阈值。 示例地, 该电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求, 并接收 该第二电子设备根据该电池信息请求发送的电池信息响应, 其中, 该电 池信息请求用于获知该第二电子设备电池的剩余电量信息, 则该电子设 备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息确定该第一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 该剩余电量信息包括剩余电量值和 /或电池总容量, 和 /或, 剩余电量百分比与电池总容量, 该剩余电量信息还可以包括充电 需求指示和 /或其他如最大或额度放电电流等相关参数。 示例地, 该电子设备剩余电量值为 500mAh , 影响设备正常使用的最 低电量值为 300mAh , 若该电子设备向该第二电子设备发送电池信息请求 后, 根据该第二电子设备发送的电池信息响应确定该第二电子设备的电 池总容量为 1 5 0mAh , 其剩余电量值为 l OmAh , 则该电子设备可设置能对 该第二电子设备充电的第一电量阈值, 例如, 400mAh ; 若该电子设备确 定该第二电子设备的电池总容量为 2000mAh , 其剩余电量值 l O OmAh , 其 最大放电电流为 2A , 则对其充入 200mAh的电量后, 其预计正常使用时间 约为 1 0分钟, 那么, 电子设备可能针对第二电子设备设置 5 00mAh的第 一电量阈值。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实 现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据电子设备的 剩余电量信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进 行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式七、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子 设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于 或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于 第一电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 余电量和;或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断 电子设备还是 ^ 二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电 量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可 以通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量和 / 或第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备 作充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值 时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以 通过获取双方电子设备的充电状态和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量和 /或 第二电子设备的输出功率信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作 充电方 (具体可见其他相关的实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 预设功率阈值、 预设功 率等级、 剩余电量信息、 第一电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其 他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据电 子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据电子设备的剩余电量信 息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式八、 该充电参考信息包括该第二电子设备的输出功率信息、 该 电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量小于第一电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量小于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见 其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量大于第一电量阈值时, 可以确定电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息和 /或第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见 其他相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式相同, 这里不再 赘述。 另外, 该电子设备可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行 判断, 也可以先根据电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信 息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式九、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第二 电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的剩余电量信息和该第二电子设 备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电 方; 3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩 余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量小于第 二电量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子 设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
4 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备的剩余电 量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第二电 量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子 设备作充电方 (具体可见其他相关实现方式) ;
5 )其他情况下, 可以终止整个流程, 还可以通过获取双方的充电状 态信息来判断是由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方 (具体可见其他 相关实现方式) 。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方 电子设备的剩余电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限 定。 方式十、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第二 电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的 剩余电量信息和 /或该第二电子设备的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力 状态, 且电子设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子 设备的剩余电量小于第二电量阈值时, 确定电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力 状态, 且电子设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的 剩余电量大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
3 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有电子设备处于接收电力状 态时, 确定电子设备为充电方;
4 )在该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输 出功率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且仅有第二电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
5 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且电子 设备的剩余电量大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电 量小于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个 流程;
6 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且双方电子设备未处于接收电力状态, 且电子 设备的剩余电量小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或第二电子设备的剩余电量大于 或等于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止 整个流程;
7 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定 电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程;
8 )在该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级低于预设功率等级, 且仅第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以 确定电子设备为充电方, 也可在终止整个流程; 9 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电量状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该电子设备以电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判断条件。 若该电子设备的输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率 等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 则再根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息 和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备的剩余电量 值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力 状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程(需 要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果 开始充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想) 。 若该电子设备的输出功率值小于预设功率阈值, 或者, 输出功率等 级低于预设功率等级, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电子设 备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
2 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备的剩余电 量值小于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整 个流程;
3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备的剩余电 量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 和 /或, 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值小 于第二电量阈值时, 可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流 程;
4 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该电子设备为 充电方, 也可以终止整个流程; 5 )在仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 可以确定该电子设 备为充电方, 也可以终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 也可以先根据电子 设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的剩余电量 信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 方式十一、 该充电参考信息包括该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该第 二电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息、 该第二电子 设备的输出功率信息、 该电子设备的剩余电量信息和 /或该第二电子设备 的剩余电量信息。 则该电子设备根据该充电参考信息做出如下判断:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功 率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈 值时, 确定该电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若双方电子设备均未处于接收 电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定该第二电子设备为 充电方;
2 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备时, 确定该电子设备为充电方; 反之, 若仅该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设备为输出功 率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时若第二电子设备的剩余电量大于或 等于第二电量阈值, 也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如 果充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理想。 ) ; 反之, 若双方电子设备均未 处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且 该第二电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需 要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 理由同上) ;
4 )在仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时也可以确 定该电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电效果可能不太理 想。 ) ; 反之, 若仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 且该电子设 备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此时 也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 理由同上) ;
5 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的充电状态信息为起始判断条 件。 若双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态, 则结束整个流程; 若双方电 子设备均未处于接收电力状态, 则该电子设备再根据双方电子设备的输 出功率信息与剩余电量信息确定双方电子设备中输出功率更大的且剩余 电量值大于或等于电量阈值 (即第一电量阈值或者第二电量阈值) 的电 子设备为充电方; 若仅有该电子设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方 电子设备的输出功率信息确定该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备时 确定该电子设备作为充电方; 若仅有该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定该第二电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备时确定该第二电子设备作为充电方。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的输出功率信息为起始判断条 件。 若该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方电子设备 的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备的剩余电量 值大于或等于第一电量阈值时, 或者, 在该电子设备的处于接收电力状 态且该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方; 2 )在该电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备 的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程 (需要说明的是, 此 时也可以确定该第二电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电 效果可能不太理想) ;
3 ) 在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则再根据双方电子 设备的充电状态信息和 /或剩余电量信息确定:
1 )在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子设备的剩余 电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值时, 或者, 在该第二电子设备的处于接 收电力状态且该电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备 为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备未处于接收电力状态且该电子设备处于接收电 力状态时, 或者, 在双方电子设备均未处于接收电力状态且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值时, 终止整个流程(需要说明的是, 此时也可以确定该电子设备为充电方, 只是后续如果充电的话, 充电效 果可能不太理想) ;
3 )在双方电子设备均处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该电 子设备与该第二电子设备是输出功率相当 (即双方的输出功率等级相同, 或者双方的输出功率值之差的绝对值小于功率差阈值时) 的电子设备, 则终止整个流程。 若该双方电子设备的输出功率相当, 即双方电子设备的输出功率等 级相同和 /或双方电子设备的输出功率之差的绝对值小于预设功率差阈 值, 则可以终止整个流程, 也可以再根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息 和 /或剩余电量信息确定由电子设备还是第二电子设备作充电方, 具体判 断方法同该示例的上述两种情况, 这里不再赘述。 示例地, 该电子设备以双方电子设备的剩余电量信息为起始判断条 件。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的 输出功率信息与充电状态信息确定:
时, 确定该双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备为充电方;
2 ) 在输出功率更大的电子设备的对端电子设备处于接收电力状态 时, 终止整个流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的 剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息 与充电状态信息确定:
1 )双方电子设备中输出功率更大的电子设备在自身处于接收电力状 态且对端电子设备未处于接收电力状态时为充电方;
2 )在输出功率更大的电子设备未处于接收电力状态时, 或者在输出 功率更大的电子设备的对端设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值且该第二电子 设备的剩余电量值小于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功 率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备未处 于接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该第二电子 设备处于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该第二电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该第二电子设 备未处于接收电力状态或者该电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个 流程。 若该电子设备的剩余电量值小于第一电量阈值且该第二电子设备的 剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则再根据双方电子设备的输出功 率信息与充电状态信息确定:
1 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备未处 于接收电力状态时, 确定该第二电子设备为充电方;
2 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且仅有该电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 确定该电子设备为充电方;
3 )在该第二电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备且该电子设备处于 接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程;
4 )在该电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且该电子设备未处于 接收电力状态或者该第二电子设备处于接收电力状态时, 终止整个流程。 需要说明的是, 本方式中该输出功率信息、 剩余电量信息、 第一电 量阈值、 第二电量阈值、 充电状态信息的作用与上述其他相关实现方式 相同, 这里不再赘述。 其中, 第二电量阈值与第一电量阈值类似, 可以 是预设的, 也可以是根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的, 具体方 法可参考上述方式六中的具体描述, 这里不再赘述。 另外, 该电子设备 可以先根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息进行判断, 也可以先根据双方 电子设备的输出功率信息进行判断, 还可以先根据双方电子设备的剩余 电量信息进行判断, 本方式对该信息的判断顺序不作限定。 进一步地, 已经被确定为充电方的电子设备开启自身的 NFC无线充 电服务为对端电子设备提供充电服务。
需要说明的是, 现有的 NFC无线充电流程包含 NFC无线充电控制阶 段与 NFC无线电能传输阶段, 则在充电方电子设备开启 NFC无线充电服 务后, 充电方电子设备通过 NFC通信开始 NFC无线充电流程, 通过 NFC 无线充电控制阶段与待充电电子设备交互验证信息、 技术信息等以选择 NFC无线充电方式或者其他无线充电方式,然后通过 NFC无线充电电能传 输阶段对待充电电子设备进行充电。 另外, 上述的其他无线充电方式包含但不限于目前三大无线充电联 盟 WPC ( Wi re l es s Power Cons or t ium ) 、 PMA ( Power Ma t ter s A l l i ance ) 和 A4WP ( A l l i ance for Wi re l es s Power ) 分别制定的无线充电技术。 釆用上述电子设备, 该电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是该 电子设备还是第二电子设备, 并在确定充电方为该电子设备时, 开启该 电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 在确定充电方为该第二电子设备时, 该 电子设备通知该第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务。 这样, 当该电子 设备与该第二电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子设备可 根据该充电参考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC无线充电服务, 充分利用了更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了因用户 主动操作引起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
本发明实施例提供另一种电子设备 80 , 如图 8所示, 该电子设备 80 包括: 接收单元 81 , 用于接收第一电子设备在确定该电子设备为充电方时 发送的通知; 处理单元 82 , 用于根据该接收单元 81接收到的通知开启该 电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电。 或者, 该接收单元 81 , 用于接收该第一电子设备在确定该第一电子 设备为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 该处理单元 82 , 用于根据该接收 单元 81接收到的充电控制消息通知该电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 可选地, 该电子设备还包括发送单元 83 , 该发送单元 83具体用于, 在该接收单元接收该通知或者接受该充电控制消息之前, 向该第一电子 设备发送该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息和该 电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息; 或接收该第一电子设备的 请求消息, 并根据该第一电子设备的请求消息向该第一电子设备发送该 电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息和该电子设备的 剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息。 可选地, 该处理单元 82还用于, 在该发送单元 83向该第一电子设 备发送该电子设备的充电状态信息、 该电子设备的输出功率信息和该电 子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息之前, 确定与该第一电子设备 保持在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的 时间超过预设的时间阈值。 釆用上述电子设备, 该电子设备接收该第一电子设备在确定该电子 设备为充电方时发送的通知, 并根据该通知开启该电子设备的 NFC 无线 充电服务, 以准备为该第一电子设备充电; 或者, 该电子设备接收该第 一电子设备在确定该第一电子设备作充电方时发送的充电控制消息, 以 通知该电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。 这样, 当该第一电子设备与该 电子设备处于 NFC 通信的有效范围内时, 双方电子设备可根据该充电参 考消息确定充电方并自动开启充电方的 NFC 无线充电服务, 充分利用了 更加碎片化的时间为对端电子设备进行充电, 避免了因用户主动操作引 起的耗时耗力, 提高了用户体验。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简洁, 仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明, 实际应用中, 可以根据 需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成, 即将电子设备的内 部结构划分成不同的功能模块, 以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功 能。 上述描述的电子设备的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施 例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的电子 设备, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的电子设备仅 仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述模块或单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功 能划分, 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件 可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不 执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信 连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可 以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分 开的, 作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可 以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以根据实 际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的 目 的。 另外, 在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处 理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以 上单元集成在一个单元中。
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局 限于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可 轻易想到的变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发 明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims

权 利 要 求 书
1、 一种开启近场通信 NFC无线充电服务的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 方法包括: 第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设备还 是第二电子设备; 若确定充电方为所述第一电子设备, 开启所述第一电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 若充电方为所述第二 电子设备, 通知所述第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所 述第一电子设备充电。
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一电子设备 根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设备还是第二电子设备之 前包括, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且双 方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括: 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电 状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第一电子设备未 处于接收电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第二电子设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第一电子设备处 于接收电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第 二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电方。
4、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第一电子设备的充电 状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备的 输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备的输出功 率等级高于或等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第一电子设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设 备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确 定所述第一电子设备为充电方。
5、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第一电子设备的剩余 电量信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备的 输出功率值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述第一电子设备的输出功 率等级高于或等于预设功率等级,且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量 信息确定所述第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则 确定所述第一电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
6、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括:所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输出功 率信息、 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电 状态信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电 方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述 第一电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方。
7、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括: 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输出 功率信息、 所述第一电子设备的剩余电量信息和所述第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述第一 电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备根 据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
8、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述充电参考信 息包括: 所述第一电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第二电子设备的充电 状态信息、 所述第一电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输 出功率信息、 所述第一电子设备和 /或所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信 息; 所述第一电子设备根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述第一电子设 备还是第二电子设备包括: 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第一电子设备的剩余电量 信息确定所述第一电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则 确定所述第一电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第一电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第一 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第一电子设备为充电 方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子 设备根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述第一电子设备根 据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 9、 根据权利要求 6至 8任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述输出 功率更大的电子设备包括: 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方电子设备 的输出功率值之差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值时, 输出功率值 更大的电子设备。
1 0、 一种开启近场通信 NFC无线充电服务的方法, 其特征在于, 所 述方法包括: 第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第二电子设备为充 电方时发送的通知, 并根据所述通知开启所述第二电子设备的 NFC 无线 充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设备 作充电方时发送的充电控制消息, 以通知所述第二电子设备作为被充电 方进行响应。
1 1、 根据权利要求 1 0所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二电子设 备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第二电子设备为充电方时发送的通 知之前, 还包括: 向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的 至少一个信息; 或 接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的请 求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所 述第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中 的至少一个信息; 在所述第二电子设备接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设 备作充电方时发送的充电控制消息之前, 还包括: 向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的 至少一个信息; 或 接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的请 求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所 述第二电子设备的输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中 的至少一个信息。
1 2、 根据权利要求 1 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述向所述第一 电子设备发送所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第二电子设备的 输出功率信息和所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信息之 前, 还包括: 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC通信的有效距离之内且双方电 子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。
1 3、 一种电子设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 处理器, 用于根据充电参考信息确定所述电子设备为充电方, 还是 第二电子设备为充电方; 若确定所述电子设备为充电方, 则控制 NFC 无 线充电控制器开启 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 若确定所述第二电子设备为充电方, 则控制收发器向所述第二电子设备 发送通知; 所述 NFC无线充电控制器, 用于根据处理器的控制, 开启 NFC无线 充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 所述收发器, 用于根据处理器的控制, 向所述第二电子设备发送通 以使所述第二电子设备根据所述通知开启所述第二电子设备的 NFC 无线充电服务, 准备为所述电子设备充电。
1 4、 根据权利要求 1 3所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还 用于, 在根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备为充电方还是所 述第二电子设备之前, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效 距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预设的时间阈 值。
1 5、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的 充电状态信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子 设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备处于接收电 力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设 备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方。
1 6、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电 状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定 所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确定所述电子设备为充电 方。
1 7、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余 电量信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级,且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充 电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
1 8、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括:所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输 出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电 状态信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方。
1 9、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的 输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的剩余电量信息和所述第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息; 则所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
2 0、 根据权利要求 1 3或 14所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第二电子设备的 充电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输 出功率信息、 所述电子设备和 /或所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息; 则 所述处理器具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定 所述电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子 设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述电子设备处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
2 1、 根据权利要求 1 8至 2 0任一项所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述输出功率更大的电子设备包括: 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方 电子设备的输出功率值之差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值时, 输 出功率值更大的电子设备。
11、 一种电子设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 收发器, 用于接收第一电子设备在确定所述电子设备为充电方时发 送的通知; 处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的通知控制 NFC无线充电控制 器, 以开启所述电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务; 所述 NFC无线充电控制器, 用于根据所述处理器的控制开启 NFC无 线充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述收发器, 用于接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设备 为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 所述处理器, 用于根据所述收发器接收到的充电控制消息通知所述 电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。
2 3、 根据权利要求 22所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述收发器还 用于, 在接收所述通知之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息; 所述收发器还用于, 在接收所述充电控制消息之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息。
24、 根据权利要求 2 3所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还 用于, 在所述收发器向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态 信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中 的至少一个信息之前, 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效 距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预设的时间阈 值。
2 5、 一种电子设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 处理单元, 用于根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备还是 第二电子设备,并在确定充电方为所述电子设备时, 开启所述电子设备的 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第二电子设备充电; 发送单元,用于在所述处理单元确定充电方为所述第二电子设备时, 通知所述第二电子设备开启 NFC 无线充电服务, 以准备为所述电子设备 充电。
2 6、 根据权利要求 25所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理单元 还用于, 在根据充电参考信息确定充电方是所述电子设备还是第二电子 设备之前, 确定与所述第二电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的有效距离之内且 双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC通信的时间超过预设的时间阈值。
2 7、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和第二电子设备的充电 状态信息; 则所述处理单元还用于, 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备未处于接收 电力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子 设备处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子设备处于接收电 力的状态且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二电子设 备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方。
28、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电 状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息; 则所述处理单元具体用 于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值, 或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级, 且根据所述电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述电子 设备处于接收电力状态,且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定 所述第二电子设备未处于接收电力的状态,则确定所述电子设备为充电 方。
29、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余 电量信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据所述电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备的输出功率 值大于或等于预设功率阈值,或者所述电子设备的输出功率等级高于或 等于预设功率等级,且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子 设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充 电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。 30、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括:所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输 出功率信息、 所述电子设备的充电状态信息和所述第二电子设备的充电 状态信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态信息确定所述第二 电子设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 设备未处于接收电力的状态, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电方。
31、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的 输出功率信息、 所述电子设备的剩余电量信息和所述第二电子设备的剩 余电量信息; 所述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备为输出功率 更大的电子设备且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述电子设备 的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子设备为输出 功率更大的电子设备且根据所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息确定所述 第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则确定所述第二 电子设备为充电方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
32、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述充 电参考信息包括: 所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述第二电子设备的 充电状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息、 所述第二电子设备的输 出功率信息、 所述电子设备和 /或所述第二电子设备的剩余电量信息, 所 述处理单元具体用于, 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述电子设备的剩余电量信息确定 所述电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第一电量阈值, 则确定所述电子 设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述电子设备处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述电子设备 为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定双方电子设备均未处于接 收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二电子 设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 且根据所述第二电子设备的充电状态 信息确定所述第二电子设备的剩余电量值大于或等于第二电量阈值, 则 确定所述第二电子设备为充电方; 若根据双方电子设备的充电状态信息确定仅有所述第二电子设备处 于接收电力的状态, 且根据双方电子设备的输出功率信息确定所述第二 电子设备为输出功率更大的电子设备, 则确定所述第二电子设备为充电 方; 其中, 所述第一电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备 根据双方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值; 所述第二电量阈值包括预设的电量阈值, 或者所述电子设备根据双 方电子设备的剩余电量信息设定的电量阈值。
33、 根据权利要求 30至 32任一项所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述输出功率更大的电子设备包括: 输出功率等级更高, 和 /或, 在双方 电子设备的输出功率值之差的绝对值大于或等于预设功率差阈值时, 输 出功率值更大的电子设备。 34、 一种电子设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 接收单元, 用于接收第一电子设备在确定所述电子设备为充电方时 发送的通知; 处理单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收到的通知开启所述电子设备 的 NFC无线充电服务, 以准备为所述第一电子设备充电; 或者, 所述接收单元, 用于接收所述第一电子设备在确定所述第一电子设 备为充电方时发送的充电控制消息; 所述处理单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收到的充电控制消息通知 所述电子设备作为被充电方进行响应。
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述电子设备 还包括发送单元, 所述发送单元具体用于, 在所述接收单元接收所述通 知之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息; 所述发送单元还用于,在所述接收单元接收所述充电控制消息之前, 向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述电子 设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个信 息; 或接收所述第一电子设备的请求消息, 并根据所述第一电子设备的 请求消息向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电状态信息、 所述 电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信息中的至少一个 信息。
36、 根据权利要求 35所述的电子设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理单元 还用于, 在所述发送单元向所述第一电子设备发送所述电子设备的充电 状态信息、 所述电子设备的输出功率信息和所述电子设备的剩余电量信 息中的至少一个信息之前, 确定与所述第一电子设备保持在 NFC 通信的 有效距离之内且双方电子设备之间未发生 NFC 通信的时间超过预设的时 间阈值。
PCT/CN2014/070615 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备 WO2015106392A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480006644.XA CN104956567B (zh) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备
EP14878680.9A EP3093954B1 (en) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 Method and device for starting near field communication (nfc) wireless charging service
PCT/CN2014/070615 WO2015106392A1 (zh) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备
US15/111,770 US10075027B2 (en) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 Method and device for enabling near field communication NFC wireless charging service
KR1020167021571A KR102048327B1 (ko) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 근거리 무선 통신(nfc) 무선 충전 서비스를 활성화하는 방법 및 장치
JP2016546464A JP6377166B2 (ja) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 近接場通信nfc無線充電サービスを有効にするための方法および装置

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/070615 WO2015106392A1 (zh) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015106392A1 true WO2015106392A1 (zh) 2015-07-23

Family

ID=53542269

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/070615 WO2015106392A1 (zh) 2014-01-14 2014-01-14 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US10075027B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3093954B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP6377166B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR102048327B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN104956567B (zh)
WO (1) WO2015106392A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108055293A (zh) 2017-11-10 2018-05-18 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 应用程序中业务快速启动方法及装置和电子设备
CN110730021B (zh) * 2019-08-31 2022-10-25 荣耀终端有限公司 一种无线控制方法及设备
CN111313114B (zh) * 2020-02-10 2022-02-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种充电方法及电子设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8213862B2 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-07-03 Broadcom Corporation Headset charge via short-range RF communication
CN102780515A (zh) * 2012-07-26 2012-11-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种兼容无线充电和nfc的方法及装置
CN102812618A (zh) * 2010-03-12 2012-12-05 三星电子株式会社 电子设备的无线充电方法和装置
CN103094965A (zh) * 2013-01-31 2013-05-08 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 无线充电的连接方法和无线设备

Family Cites Families (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003029884A (ja) * 2001-07-12 2003-01-31 Casio Comput Co Ltd 情報端末装置及び装置間接続制御プログラム
JP2003029885A (ja) * 2001-07-17 2003-01-31 Sony Corp 電源供給システム及び電子機器
KR100736053B1 (ko) 2005-10-24 2007-07-06 삼성전자주식회사 유도 방식에 의해 무선으로 전원을 공유하는 장치 및 방법
JP4504315B2 (ja) * 2006-01-06 2010-07-14 株式会社ユニバーサルエンターテインメント 充電制御装置
US8179102B2 (en) * 2007-06-20 2012-05-15 Motorola Mobility, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods for priority charging of a group of electronic devices
JP2009251895A (ja) 2008-04-04 2009-10-29 Sony Corp 電力交換装置、電力交換方法、プログラム、および電力交換システム
US20110050164A1 (en) * 2008-05-07 2011-03-03 Afshin Partovi System and methods for inductive charging, and improvements and uses thereof
JP2010028916A (ja) * 2008-07-16 2010-02-04 Fujifilm Corp 電源装置およびその制御方法並びにプログラム
US8947042B2 (en) 2008-11-13 2015-02-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless power and data transfer for electronic devices
US8427100B2 (en) 2009-02-06 2013-04-23 Broadcom Corporation Increasing efficiency of wireless power transfer
US20100225270A1 (en) * 2009-03-08 2010-09-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless power transfer for chargeable devices
CN101728859B (zh) 2009-12-17 2012-12-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 移动终端间电池共享的系统、方法及移动终端
CN101777676B (zh) * 2010-01-06 2013-07-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 移动终端设备间无线充电的方法和一种移动终端
CN201663491U (zh) 2010-02-08 2010-12-01 东莞宇龙通信科技有限公司 一种电子终端和nfc充电系统
KR20110103297A (ko) 2010-03-12 2011-09-20 삼성전자주식회사 무선 전력 충전 방법 및 장치
KR20110103294A (ko) 2010-03-12 2011-09-20 삼성전자주식회사 무선 충전을 수행하는 장치 및 방법
CN102097848A (zh) * 2010-12-29 2011-06-15 上海华勤通讯技术有限公司 一种移动设备间无线充电方法、无线充电移动设备及移动设备无线充电系统
US20120220220A1 (en) * 2011-02-24 2012-08-30 Ontario, Canada) Communications system providing device status information based upon near field communication (nfc) and related methods
US9035601B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-05-19 Samsung Electro-Mechanics Wireless power transfer system and methods
US8958745B2 (en) * 2011-06-21 2015-02-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Electronic device and operating method thereof
US20130097233A1 (en) * 2011-10-13 2013-04-18 Microsoft Corporation Using devices to link social network profiles
US9258380B2 (en) * 2012-03-02 2016-02-09 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Cross-platform multimedia interaction system with multiple displays and dynamically-configured hierarchical servers and related method, electronic device and computer program product
JP2013191913A (ja) 2012-03-12 2013-09-26 Renesas Electronics Corp ワイヤレス充電回路、ワイヤレス充電システム及び半導体装置
US8718558B2 (en) * 2012-04-18 2014-05-06 Blackberry Limited Methods and apparatus for use in facilitating communications over first and second wireless connections of a wireless transceiver
US8995911B2 (en) * 2012-12-20 2015-03-31 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and associated methods
US9973038B2 (en) * 2013-06-10 2018-05-15 Celico Partnership Self optimizing antenna for NFC and wireless charging
US9569625B2 (en) * 2013-06-11 2017-02-14 Google Inc. Wearable device multi-mode system
JP2015042091A (ja) * 2013-08-22 2015-03-02 キヤノン株式会社 送電装置、受電装置及びそれらの制御方法、プログラム
KR102016644B1 (ko) * 2014-02-23 2019-08-30 삼성전자주식회사 전자 장치의 기능 및 리소스 운용 방법
US9847667B2 (en) * 2014-02-26 2017-12-19 Htc Corporation Method of handling wireless charging authentication
KR102219857B1 (ko) * 2014-03-18 2021-02-24 삼성전자주식회사 전자 장치 및 그 동작 방법
US9692250B2 (en) * 2014-06-27 2017-06-27 Intel Corporation Systems and methods for smart wireless charging
KR20160002026A (ko) * 2014-06-30 2016-01-07 삼성전자주식회사 지문 입력을 이용한 통신 방법 및 장치
CN106663187B (zh) * 2014-07-09 2020-11-06 三星电子株式会社 用于识别生物测定信息的方法和设备
KR20160013329A (ko) * 2014-07-24 2016-02-04 삼성전자주식회사 컨텐츠 제공 방법 및 그 전자 장치
KR20160027848A (ko) * 2014-09-02 2016-03-10 삼성전자주식회사 콘텐츠 검색 방법 및 이를 구현하는 전자 장치
KR20160072682A (ko) * 2014-12-15 2016-06-23 삼성전자주식회사 생체 정보를 이용한 인증 방법 및 이를 위한 전자 장치
KR20160099396A (ko) * 2015-02-12 2016-08-22 삼성전자주식회사 통신 서비스 이용 방법 및 이를 지원하는 전자 장치
KR102429654B1 (ko) * 2015-06-30 2022-08-05 삼성전자주식회사 인증을 수행하기 위한 방법 및 전자 장치
US20170142589A1 (en) * 2015-11-18 2017-05-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Method for adjusting usage policy and electronic device for supporting the same
KR102469565B1 (ko) * 2016-02-29 2022-11-22 삼성전자주식회사 전자 장치의 차량 제어 방법 및 그 전자 장치

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8213862B2 (en) * 2009-02-06 2012-07-03 Broadcom Corporation Headset charge via short-range RF communication
CN102812618A (zh) * 2010-03-12 2012-12-05 三星电子株式会社 电子设备的无线充电方法和装置
CN102780515A (zh) * 2012-07-26 2012-11-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种兼容无线充电和nfc的方法及装置
CN103094965A (zh) * 2013-01-31 2013-05-08 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 无线充电的连接方法和无线设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3093954B1 (en) 2018-11-28
CN104956567A (zh) 2015-09-30
KR102048327B1 (ko) 2019-11-25
CN104956567B (zh) 2017-08-25
EP3093954A4 (en) 2017-01-04
JP6377166B2 (ja) 2018-08-22
JP2017506052A (ja) 2017-02-23
US20160336787A1 (en) 2016-11-17
US10075027B2 (en) 2018-09-11
KR20160106157A (ko) 2016-09-09
EP3093954A1 (en) 2016-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI675526B (zh) 無線充電系統、裝置、方法及待充電裝置
US9904267B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining direction of power delivery
WO2018184574A1 (zh) 待充电设备、无线充电装置及其控制方法
JP6879623B2 (ja) 充電方法、端末および充電アダプタ
JP6198258B2 (ja) 電力供給端末、ならびに充電制御方法および装置
WO2016074159A1 (zh) 通信方法、电源适配器和终端
WO2015027889A1 (zh) 实现移动终端充满电后自动停止充电的方法及装置
EP3125513A1 (en) Multi-mode power saving multimedia transmission method and system
WO2015043190A1 (zh) 一种充电器、充电终端、充电系统及充电控制方法
TWI486771B (zh) 手機及其電量轉移系統及方法
WO2012110002A1 (zh) 一种接入控制的方法及装置
US9917733B2 (en) Communication device, control method, program product and communication system
WO2013086828A1 (zh) 无线充电方法及无线基站、终端和系统
WO2011017875A1 (zh) 一种终端控制蓝牙耳机有序连接的方法及系统
TW201419701A (zh) 無線電能傳輸的方法、裝置和系統
WO2015106392A1 (zh) 一种开启近场通信nfc无线充电服务的方法和设备
TW201230847A (en) Wireless apparatus, base station, and communication controlling method thereof
WO2014040233A1 (zh) 无线充电器和多终端无线充电方法
WO2022143324A1 (zh) 一种储能系统启动方法、装置、电子设备和系统
WO2014205913A1 (zh) 一种终端设备的节电方法及终端设备
WO2013097503A1 (zh) 拥塞控制方法和设备
WO2015090077A1 (zh) 移动终端充电的控制方法、装置、系统和移动终端
WO2019023874A1 (zh) 电池充电控制方法、充电设备、用户终端设备及系统
EP2536067B1 (en) Apparatus and method for implementing point to point protocol data service link-disconnect
WO2018133643A1 (zh) 充电控制方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14878680

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016546464

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15111770

Country of ref document: US

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014878680

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014878680

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167021571

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A